BOOK IV.

Produced by Charles Aldarondo, Charles Franks and the

Online Distributed Proofreading Team

THE LITTLE LADY OF LAGUNITAS

A FRANCO-CALIFORNIAN ROMANCE

By Richard Henry Savage

Project Gutenberg Editor's Note: There are many French words in this file which

have missing letters or invalid symbols because the character set in which this file was produced did not supply letters with the needed diacritic marks. If any reader with skill in the French language is able to correct all these problem words, it would be much appreciated. DW

INTRODUCTION.

Forty-two years have passed since California's golden star first

glittered in the flag of the United States of America.

Its chequered history virtually begins with the rush for gold in

'48-'49.

Acquired for the evident purpose of extending slave-holding territory,

it was occupied for years by a multitude of cosmopolitan "free lances,"

who swept away the defenceless Indians, and brutally robbed the great

native families, the old "Dons."

Society slowly made headway against these motley adventurers. Mad riot,

wildest excess, marked these earlier days.

High above the meaner knights of the "revolver and bowie knife,"

greater than card sharper, fugitive bravo, or sly wanton, giant schemers

appeared, who throw, yet, dark shadows over the records of this State.

These daring conspirators dominated legislature and forum, public office

and society.

They spoiled the Mexican, robbed the Indian, and paved the way for a

"Lone Star Republic," or the delivering of the great treasure fields of

the West to the leaders of Secession.

How their designs on this grand domain failed; what might have been, had

the South been more active in its hour of primary victory and seized the

Golden West, these pages may show.

The golden days of the "stars and bars" were lost by the activity of the

Unionists and the mistaken policy at Richmond.

The utter demoralization of California by the "bonanza era" of silver

discovery, the rise of an invincible plutocracy, and the second reign of

loose luxury are herein set forth.

Scenes never equalled in shamelessness have disgraced the Halls of

State, the Courts, and the mansions of the suddenly enriched.

The poor have been trampled by these tyrants for twenty years.

Characters unknown in the social history of any other land, have been

evolved from this golden eddy of crime and adventure.

Not till all these men and women of incredibly romantic fortunes have

passed away, will a firm social structure rise over their graves.

Throttled by usurers, torn by gigantic bank wars, its resources drained

by colossal swindles, crouching yet under the iron rule of upstart

land-barons, "dashing journalism," and stern railroad autocrats, the

Californian community has gloomily struggled along.

Newer States have made a relative progress which shames California. Its

future is yet uncertain.

The native sons and daughters of the golden West are the hope of the

Pacific.

The homemakers may yet win the victory.

Some of the remarkable scenes of the past are herein portrayed by one

who has seen this game of life played in earnest, the shadowed drama of

California.

There is no attempt to refer to individuals, save as members of

well-defined classes, in these pages. This book has absolutely no

political bias.

THE AUTHOR.

NEW YORK CITY, May 15, 1892.

CONTENTS.

BOOK I.

THE LAST OF THE DONS BY THE BLUE PACIFIC.

CHAPTER I.--Under the Mexican Eagle.--Exit the Foreigner.--Monterey,

1840

CHAPTER II.--At the Presidio of San Francisco. Wedding Chimes from the

Mission Dolores.--Lagunitas Rancho

CHAPTER III.--A Missing Sentinel.--Fremont's Camp

CHAPTER IV.--Held by the Enemy.--The Bear Flag

BOOK II.

GOLD FOR ALL.--A NEW STAR IN THE FLAG.

CHAPTER V.--The Golden Magnet.--Free or Slave?

CHAPTER VI.--Lighting Freedom's Western Lamp

CHAPTER VII.--The Queen of the El Dorado.--Guilty Bonds

CHAPTER VIII.--Joaquin the Mountain Robber.--The Don's Peril

CHAPTER IX.--The Stranger's Foot at Lagunitas. Valois' Spanish Bride

BOOK III.

GOING HOME TO DIXIE.--STARS AND STRIPES, OR STARS AND BARS?

CHAPTER X.--A Little Dinner at Judge Hardin's. The Knights of the Golden

Circle

CHAPTER XI.--"I'se gwine back to Dixie."--The Fortunes of War.--Val

Verde

CHAPTER XII.--Hood's Day.--Peachtree Creek. Valois' Last Trust.--De

Gress' Battery.--Dead on the Field of Honor

BOOK IV.

A LOST HEIRESS.--MILLIONS AT STAKE.

CHAPTER XIII.--Mount Davidson's Magic Millions. A California

Plutocracy.--The Price of a Crime

CHAPTER XIV.--A Mariposa Bonanza.--Natalie de Santos born in Paris.--The

Queen of the El Dorado joins the Gallic "Four Hundred"

CHAPTER XV.--An Old Priest and a Young Artist. The Changelings

CHAPTER XVI.-Hearing Each Other.--The Valois Heirs

CHAPTER XVII.--Weaving Spiders.--A Coward Blow.--Marie Berard's Doom

BOOK V.

REAPING THE WHIRLWIND.

CHAPTER XVIII.--Joe Woods Surprises a Lady. Love's Golden Nets

CHAPTER XIX.--Lovers Once, Strangers Now. Face to Face

CHAPTER XX.--Judge Hardin Meets his Match. A Senatorial Election.--In a

Mariposa Court Room.--The Trust fulfilled at Lagunitas

LAGUNITAS.

BOOK I.

THE LAST OF THE DONS BY THE BLUE PACIFIC.

CHAPTER I.

UNDER THE MEXICAN EAGLE.--EXIT THE FOREIGNER.--MONTEREY, 1840.

"Caramba! Adios, Seflores!" cried Captain Miguel Peralta, sitting on

his roan charger on the Monterey bluffs. A white-sailed bark is

heading southward for Acapulco. His vaqueros tossed up their sombreros,

shouting, "Vive Alvarado! Muerte los estrangeros!"

The Pacific binds the hills of California in a sapphire zone, unflecked

by a single sail in sight, save the retreating trader, which is flitting

around "Punta de los Pinos."

It is July, 1840. The Mexican ensign flutters in the plaza of Monterey,

the capital of Alta California.

Miguel Peralta dismounts and crosses himself, murmuring, "Sea por Dios y

la Santissima Virgen."

His duty is done. He has verified the departure of the Yankee ship. It

is crowded with a hundred aliens. They are now exiles.

Gathered in by General Vallejo, the "pernicious foreigners" have been

held at Monterey, until a "hide drogher" comes into the port. Alvarado

permits her to anchor under the guns of the hill battery. He then seizes

the ship for his use.

Captain Peralta is given the honor of casting out these Ishmaels of

fortune. He views calmly their exit. It is a land which welcomes not the

"Gringo." The ship-master receives a draft on Acapulco for his impressed

service. These pioneer argonauts are warned (on pain of death) not to

return. It is a day of "fiesta" in Monterey. "Vive Alvarado!" is the

toast.

So, when Captain Miguel dashes into the Plaza, surrounded with his

dare-devil retainers, reporting that the vessel is off shore, the

rejoicing is unbounded.

Cannons roar: the yells of the green jacket and yellow scrape brigade

rise on the silent reaches of the Punta de los Pinos. A procession winds

up to the Carmel Mission. Governor Alvarado, his staff, the leading

citizens, the highest families, and the sefioritas attend a mass

of thanksgiving. Attired in light muslins, with here and there

a bright-colored shawl giving a fleck of color, and silk

kerchiefs--fleecy--the ladies' only other ornaments are the native

flowers which glitter on the slopes of Monterey Bay. Bevies of dark-eyed

girls steal glances at Andres, Ramon, or Jose, while music lends a

hallowing charm to the holy father's voice as he bends before the

decorated altar. Crowds of mission Indians fill the picturesque church.

Every heart is proud. Below their feet sleeps serenely good Fray

"Junipero Serra." He blessed this spot in 1770;--a man of peace, he

hung the bells on the green oaks in a peaceful wilderness. High in air,

to-day they joyously peal out a "Laus Deo." When the mystery of the

mass rehearses the awful sacrifice of Him who died for us all, a silence

broods over the worshippers. The notes of the choristers' voices slowly

die away. The population leaves the church in gay disorder.

The Bells of the Past throw their spells over the mossy church--at once

triumph, tomb, and monument of Padre Junipero. Scattered over the coast

of California, the padres now sleep in the Lethe of death. Fathers Kino,

Salvatierra, Ugarte, and sainted Serra left their beautiful works of

mercy from San Diego to Sonoma. With their companions, neither unknown

tribes, lonely coasts, dangers by land and sea, the burning deserts

of the Colorado, nor Indian menaces, prevented the linking together of

these outposts of peaceful Christianity. The chain of missions across

New Mexico and Texas and the Mexican religious houses stretches through

bloody Arizona. A golden circlet!

Happy California! The cross here preceded the sword. No blood stains the

Easter lilies of the sacrifice. The Dons and Donnas greet each other in

stately fashion, as the gathering disperses. Governor Alvarado gives

a feast to the notables. The old families are all represented at the

board. Picos, Peraltas, Sanchez, Pachecos, Guerreros, Estudillos,

Vallejos, Alvarados, De la Guerras, Castros, Micheltorrenas, the

descendants of "Conquistadores," drink to Mexico. High rises the jovial

chatter. Good aguadiente and mission wine warm the hearts of the fiery

Californian orators. A proud day for Monterey, the capital of a future

Empire of Gold. The stranger is cast out. Gay caballeros are wending to

the bear-baiting, the bull-fights, the "baile," and the rural feasts.

Splendid riders prance along, artfully forcing their wild steeds into

bounds and curvets with the rowels of their huge silver-mounted spurs.

Dark lissome girls raise their velvety eyes and applaud this daring

horsemanship. Se¤ioritas Luisa, Isabel, and Panchita lose no point of

the display. In a land without carriages or roads, the appearance of the

cavalier, his mount, his trappings, most do make the man shine before

these fair slips of Mexican blue blood.

Down on the beach, the boys race their half-broken broncos. These lads

are as lithe and lean as the ponies they bestride. Across the bay,

the Sierras of Santa Cruz lift their virgin crests (plumed with giant

redwoods) to the brightest skies on earth. Flashing brooks wander to the

sea unvexed by mill, unbridged in Nature's unviolated freedom. Far to

north and south the foot-hills stand shining with their golden coats

of wild oats, a memorial of the seeds cast over these fruitful mesas

by Governor Caspar de Portala. He left San Diego Mission in July, 1769,

with sixty-five retainers, and first reached the Golden Gate.

Beyond the Coast Range lies a "terra incognita." A few soldiers only

have traversed the Sacramento and San Joaquin. They wandered into the

vales of Napa and Sonoma, fancying them a fairyland.

The sparkling waters of the American, the Sacramento, the Yuba, Feather,

and Bear rivers are dancing silently over rift and ripple. There

precious nuggets await the frenzied seekers for wealth. There are

no gold-hunters yet in the gorges of these crystal streams. Down in

Nature's laboratory, radiated golden veins creep along between feathery

rifts of virgin quartz. They are the treasures of the careless gnomes.

Not till years later will Marshall pick up the first nugget of gleaming

gold in Sutter's mill-race at Coloma. The "auri sacra fames" will bring

thousands from the four quarters of the earth to sweep away "the last of

the Dons."

A lovely land to-day. No axe rings in its forests. No steamboat threads

the rivers. Not an engine is harnessed to man's use in this silent, lazy

realm. The heart of the Sierras is inviolate. The word "Gold" must be

whispered to break the charm.

The sun climbs to noon, then slowly sinks to the west. It dips into the

silent sea, mirroring sparkling evening stars.

Stretching to Japan, the Pacific is the mysterious World's End.

Along the brown coast, the sea otter, clad in kingly robes, sports shyly

in the kelp fields. The fur seals stream by unchased to their misty home

in the Pribyloffs. Barking sea-lions clamber around the jutting rocks.

Lazy whales roll on the quiet waters of the bay, their track an oily

wake.

It is the land of siesta, of undreamed dreams, of brooding slumber.

The barbaric diversions of the day are done. The firing squad leave the

guns. The twang of guitar and screech of violin open the fandango.

The young cavaliers desert the streets. Bibulous dignitaries sit in

council around Governor Alvarado's table. Mexican cigars, wine in old

silver flagons (fashioned by the deft workers of Chihuahua and Durango),

and carafes of aguadiente, garnish the board.

The mahogany table (a mark of official grandeur), transported

from Acapulco, is occupied (below the salt) by the young officers.

Horse-racing, cock-fighting, and gambling on the combat of bear and

bull, have not exhausted their passions. Public monte and faro leave

them a few "doubloons" yet. Seated with piles of Mexican dollars before

them, the young heroes enjoy a "lay-out." All their coin comes from

Mexico. Hundreds of millions, in unminted gold and silver, lie under

their careless feet, yet their "pieces of eight" date back to Robinson

Crusoe! This is the land of "manana!" Had Hernando Cortez not found the

treasures of Mexico, he might have fought his way north, over the Gila

Desert, to the golden hoards of the sprites of the Sierras.

At the banquet fiery Alvarado counselled with General Vallejo. Flushed

with victory, Captain Miguel was the lion of this feast. He chatted with

his compadres.

The seniors talked over the expulsion of the strangers.

Cool advisers feared trouble from France, England, or the United States.

Alvarado's instinct told him that foreigners would gain a mastery over

the Dons, if permitted to enter in numbers. Texas was an irresistible

warning. "Senores," said Alvarado, "the Russians came in 1812. Only a

few, with their Kodiak Indians, settled at Bodega. Look at them now!

They control beautiful Bodega! They are 800 souls! True, they say they

are going, but only our posts at San Rafael and Sonoma checked them. A

fear of your sword, General!" Alvarado drank to Vallejo.

Vallejo bowed to his Governor. "Senor," said he, "you are right. I have

seen Mexico. I have been a scholar, as well as a soldier. I knew Von

Resanoff's Russian slyness. My father was at the Presidio in 1807, when

he obtained rights for a few fur hunters. Poor fellow! he never lived to

claim his bride, but he was a diplomat."

"Foreigners will finally outroot us. Here is Sutter, building his

fort on the Sacramento! He's a good fellow, yet I'll have to burn New

Helvetia about his ears some day. Russian or Swiss, French or Yankee,

it's all the same. The 'Gringo' is the worst of all. Poor Conception de

Arguello. She waited long for her dead Russian lover."

"General, do you think the Yankees can ever attack us by land?" said

Alvarado.

"Madre de Dios! No!" cried Vallejo, "we will drag them at our horses'

tails!"

"Then, I have no fear of them," said Alvarado. "We occupy San Diego,

Santa Barbara, Monterey, and San Francisco, the missions of San Juan

Capistrano, Los Angeles, San Luis Obispo and Santa Clara, and help to

control the Indians, but these home troubles have stopped their useful

growth."

Governor Alvarado sighed. Governor Hijar in 1834 had desecularized

the Catholic missions. Their cattle were stolen, their harvests and

vineyards destroyed. The converts were driven off to seek new homes

among the Utes, Yubas, Feather River, Napa, and Mohave tribes.

Pious Alvarado crossed himself. He glanced uneasily at Padre

Castillo,--at the board. Only one or two priests were left at the

beautiful settlements clustering around the old mission churches. To-day

these are the only architectural ornaments of Alta California.

"I doubt the wisdom of breaking up the missions," said Alvarado, with

gloomy brow. A skeleton was at this feast. The troubled Governor could

not see the handwriting on the wall. He felt California was a priceless

jewel to Mexico. He feared imprudent measures. Lying dormant, California

slept since Cabrillo saw Cape Mendocino in 1542. After he turned his

shattered prows back to Acapulco on June 27, 1543, it was only on

November 10, 1602, that ambitious Viscaino raised the Spanish ensign

at San Diego. He boldly claimed this golden land for Spain. Since that

furtive visit, the lonely coast lay unsettled. It was only used as

a haunt by wild pirates, lurking to attack the precious Philippine

galleons sailing to Acapulco. For one hundred and sixty-eight years the

land was unvisited. Spanish greed and iron rule satisfied itself with

grinding the Mexicans and turning southward in the steps of Balboa and

Pizarro.

Viscaino's neglected maps rotted in Madrid for two centuries. Fifty-five

years of Spanish rule left California undeveloped, save by the gentle

padres who, aided by their escort, brought in the domestic animals. They

planted fruit-trees, grains, and the grape. They taught the peaceful

Indians agriculture. Flax, hemp, and cotton supplanted the skins of

animals.

Alvarado and Vallejo remembered the Spanish war in 1822. At this banquet

of victory, neither thought that, a few years later, the rule of the

Dons would be over; that their familiar places would know them no more.

Just retribution of fate! The Dons drove out the friars, and recked not

their own day was close at hand.

As the exultant victors stood drinking the toast of the day, "Muerte los

estrangeros," neither crafty statesman, sly priest, fiery general, wise

old Don, nor reckless caballero, could predict that the foreigners

would return in two years. That they would come under protection of the

conquering British flag.

Alvarado was excited by his feuds with Micheltorrena. The people were

divided into clericals and anti-clericals. A time of "storm and stress"

hung over all.

Wise in victory was Captain Miguel Peralta. His campaign against the

foreigners marked the close of his service. Born in 1798, his family

were lords of broad lands on the Alamedas of San Francisco Bay. He was

sent to the city of Mexico and educated, serving in the army of the

young republic. Returning to Alta California, he became a soldier.

Often had he sallied out to drive the warlike Indian toward the

Sacramento. In watching his mustangs and cattle, he rode far to the

slopes of the Sierra Nevadas. Their summits glittered under the blue

skies, crowned with silvery snows, unprofaned by the foot of man.

A sturdy caballero, courtly and sagacious. His forty-two years

admonished him now to settle in life. When Alvarado was in cheeriest

mood, at the feast, the Captain reminded him of his promise to release

him. This would allow Peralta to locate a new ten-league-square grant of

lands, given him for past services to the State.

Graciously the Governor accorded the request. Noblesse oblige! "Don

Miguel, is there any reason for leaving us besides your new rancho?"

said Alvarado. The Captain's cheek reddened a little. "Senor Gobernador,

I have served the State long," said he. "Juanita Castro waits for me at

San Francisco. I will lay off my rancho on the San Joaquin. I move there

in the spring."

Alvarado was delighted. The health of Senorita Juanita Castro was

honored by the whole table. They drank an extra bumper for gallant Don

Miguel, the bridegroom.

The Governor was pleased. Powerful Castros and Peraltas stretched from

the Salinas, by San Jose and Santa Clara, to Martinez; and San Rafael as

well as Sonoma. By this clan, both Sutter's Fort and the Russians could

be watched.

This suitable marriage would bring a thousand daring horsemen to serve

under the cool leadership of Don Miguel in case of war.

Peralta told the Governor he would explore the San Joaquin. He wished

to locate his ranch where he could have timber, wood, water, game, and

mountain air.

Don Miguel did not inform the chief of the state that in riding from San

Diego to Cape Mendocino he had found one particular garden of Paradise.

He had marked this for his home when his sword would be sheathed in

honor.

"I will say, your Excellency," said the Captain, "I fear for the future.

The Yankees are growing in power and are grasping. They have robbed us

of lovely Texas. Now, it is still a long way for their ships to come

around dreary Cape Horn. We had till late years only two vessels from

Boston; I saw their sails shining in the bay of San Francisco when I was

five years old. I have looked in the Presidio records for the names.

The Alexander and the Aser, August 1st, 1803. Then, they begged only

for wood and water and a little provision. Now, their hide-traders swarm

along our coast. They will by and by come with their huge war-ships.

These trading-boats have no cannon, but they are full of bad rum. Our

coast people will be cleared out. Why, Catalina Islands," continued the

Captain, "were peopled once densely. There are yet old native temples

there. All these coast tribes have perished. It is even worse since the

holy fathers were robbed of their possessions."

The good soldier crossed himself in memory of the wise padres. They

owned the thousands of cattle, sheep, and horses once thronging the

oat-covered hills. Theirs were the fruits, grains, and comforts of these

smiling valleys, untrodden yet by a foreign foe.

"Your Excellency, when the Yankee war-ships have come, we cannot resist

them. Our batteries are old and poor, we have little ammunition. Our

arms are out of repair. The machete and lasso are no match for their

well-supplied men-of-war. I shall locate myself so far in the interior

that the accursed Gringos cannot reach me with their ships or their

boats. The trappers who straggle over the deserts from Texas our

horsemen will lasso. They will bring them in bound as prisoners."

"Miguel, mi compadre," said the Governor, "do you think they can cross

the deserts?" He was startled by Peralta's views of the future.

"Senor," said the Captain, "I saw the first American who came overland.

The wanderer appeared in 1826. It was the 20th of December. He was found

half starved by our vaqueros. I have his name here on a piece of paper.

I have long carried it, for I was a guard over him."

Miguel slowly spelled off the detested Yankee name, Jedediah S. Smith,

from a slip of cartridge paper in his bolsa. Glory be to the name of

Smith!

"Where THAT one Yankee found a way, more will come, but we will meet

and fight them. This is our OWN land by the right of discovery. The good

King Philip II. of Spain rightfully claimed this (from his orders to

Viceroy Monterey in 1596). We get our town name here in his honor. We

will fight the English, and these accursed Yankees. They have no right

to be here. This is our home," cried fiery Miguel, as he pledged the

hospitable Governor. He passed out into the dreaming, starry night. As

he listened to the waves softly breaking on the sandy beach, he thought

fondly of Juanita Castro. He fumbled over the countersign as the

sentinel presented his old flint-lock musket.

Both Governor and Captain sought the repose of their Spartan pillows.

The Captain forgot, in his zeal for Spanish dominion, that daring Sir

Francis Drake, in days even then out of the memory of man, piloted the

"Golden Hind" into Drake's Bay. He landed near San Francisco in 1578,

and remained till the early months of 1579. Under the warrant of "good

Queen Bess" he landed, and set up a pillar bearing a "fair metal plate"

with a picture of that antiquated but regal coquette. He nailed on

the pillar a "fair struck silver five-pence," saluting the same with

discharge of culverins, much hearty English cheer and nautical jollity.

The land was English--by proscription.

Sir Francis, gallant and courtly, was, like many travellers, as skilful

at drawing the long bow as in wielding the rapier. He was not believed

at home.

Notwithstanding, he tarried months and visited the inland Indians,

bringing home many objects of interest, announcing "much gold and

silver," his voyage was vain. His real discovery was deemed of no

practical value. The robust Indians swarmed in thousands, living by

the watersides in huts, wearing deerskin cloaks and garments of rushes.

Hunters and fishers were they. They entertained the freebooter, and like

him have long since mouldered to ashes. Along the Pacific Coast

great mounds of shells, marking their tribal seaside feasts, are now

frequently unearthed. Their humble history is shadowed by the passing

centuries. They are only a memory, a shadow on Time's stream. Good Queen

Bess sleeps in the stately fane of Westminster. Sir Francis's sword

is rusted. The "brazen plate" recording that date and year is of a

legendary existence only. "Drake's Bay" alone keeps green the memory of

the daring cruiser. Even in one century the Spanish, Russian, Mexican,

and American flags successively floated over the unfrequented cliffs of

California. Two hundred years before, the English ensign kissed the air

in pride, unchallenged by the haughty Spaniard.

Miguel Peralta was happy. He had invited all the officials to attend the

nuptials by the Golden Gate. Venus was in the ascendant. The red planet

of Mars had set, he hoped, forever. The officers and gentry contemplated

a frolicsome ride around the Salinas bend, over the beautiful passes to

Santa Clara valley and the town of Yerba Buena.

Peralta's marriage was an excuse for general love making. A display of

all the bravery of attire and personal graces of man and maid was in

order.

The soldier drifted into the land of dreams haunted by Juanita Castro's

love-lit eyes and rare, shy smile. No vision disturbed him of the

foothold gained in Oregon by the Yankees. They sailed past the entrance

of San Francisco Bay, on the Columbia, in 1797, but they found the great

river of the northwest. They named it after their gallant bark, said to

be the legal property of one General Washington of America.

The echoes of Revolutionary cannon hardly died away before the

eagle-guided Republic began to follow the star of empire to the

Occident.

Had the listless mariners seen that obscured inlet of the Golden

Gate, they had never braved the icy gales of the Oregon coast. Miguel

Peralta's broad acres might have had another lord. Bishop Berkeley's

prophecy was infallible. A fatal remissness seemed to characterize all

early foreign adventure on Californian coasts.

Admiral Vancouver in 1793 visited Monterey harbor, and failed to raise

the Union Jack, as supinely as the later British commanders in 1846.

French commanders, technically skilful and energetic, also ignored the

value of the western coast. As a result of occasional maritime visits,

the slender knowledge gained by these great navigators appears a

remarkable omission.

The night passed on. Breezes sweeping through the pines of Monterey

brought no murmur from the south and east of the thunder crash of cannon

on the unfought fields of Mexico.

No drowsy vaquero sentinel, watching the outposts of Monterey, could

catch a sound of the rumbling wheels and tramping feet of that vast

western immigration soon to tread wearily the old overland and the great

southern route.

The soldier, nodding over his flint-lock as the white stars dropped

into the western blue, saw no glitter of the sails of hostile Yankee

frigates. Soon they would toss in pride at anchor here, and salute the

starry flag of a new sovereignty. The little twinkling star to be added

for California was yet veiled behind the blue field of our country's

banner.

Bright sun flashes dancing over the hills awoke the drowsy sacristan.

The hallowed "Bells of Carmel" called the faithful to mass.

Monterey, in reverse order of its social grades, rose yawning from

the feast. Fandangos and bailes of the day of victory tired all. Lazy

"mozos" lolled about the streets. A few revellers idly compared notes of

the day's doings.

In front of the government offices, squads of agile horses awaited

haughty riders. A merry cavalcade watched for Captain Miguel Peralta.

He was to be escorted out of the Pueblo by the "jeunesse doree" of Alta

California.

Clad in green jackets buttoned with Mexican dollars, riding leggings of

tiger-cat skin seamed with bullion and fringed with dollars, their

brown faces were surmounted by rich sombreros, huge of rim. They were

decorated in knightly fashion with silver lace. The young caballeros

awaited their preux chevalier. Saddle and bridle shone with heavy silver

mountings. Embossed housings and "tapadero," hid the symmetry of their

deer-like coursers.

Pliant rawhide lassos coiled on saddle horns, gay serapes tied behind

each rider, and vicious machetes girded on thigh, these sons of the West

were the pride of the Pacific.

Not one of them would be dismayed at a seven days' ride to Los Angeles.

A day's jaunt to a fandango, a night spent in dancing, a gallop home on

the morrow, was child's play to these young Scythians.

Pleasure-loving, brave, and courteous; hospitable, and fond of their

lovely land--they bore all fatigue in the saddle, yet despised any

manual exertion; patricians all, in blood.

So it has been since man conquered the noblest inferior animal. The man

on the horse always rides down and tramples his brother on foot. Life

is simply a struggle for the saddle, and a choice of the rarest mount in

the race. To-day these gay riders are shadows of a forgotten past.

Before noon Captain Peralta receives the order of the Governor. It

authorizes him to locate his military grant. General Vallejo, with

regret, hands Miguel an order relieving him from duty. He is named

Commandante of the San Joaquin valley, under the slopes of the undefiled

Sierras.

Laden with messages, despatches, and precious letters for the ranches

on the road to the Golden Gate, he departs. These are entrusted to the

veteran sergeant, major-domo and shadow of his beloved master. Miguel

bounds into the saddle. He gayly salutes the Governor and General with

a graceful sweep of his sombrero. He threads the crowded plaza with

adroitness, swaying easily from side to side as he greets sober friend

or demure Donna. He smiles kindly on all the tender-eyed senoritas who

admire the brave soldier, and in their heart of hearts envy Juanita

Castro, the Rose of Alameda.

Alert and courteous, the future bright before him, Peralta gazes on the

Mexican flag fluttering in the breeze. A lump rises in his throat.

His long service is over at last. He doffs his sombrero when the guard

"turns out" for him. It is the last honor.

He cannot foresee that a French frigate will soon lie in the very

bay smiling at his feet, and cover the returning foreigner with her

batteries.

In two short years, sturdy old Commodore Jones will blunder along with

the American liners, CYANE and UNITED STATES, and haul down that proud

Mexican ensign. He will hoist for the first time, on October, 19, 1842,

the stars and stripes over the town. Even though he apologizes, the

foreigners will troop back there like wolves around the dying bison of

the west. The pines on Santa Cruz whisper of a coming day of change. The

daybreak of the age of gold draws near.

Steadily through the live-oaks and fragrant cypress the bridegroom

rides to the wedding. A few days' social rejoicings, then away to

the beautiful forests of his new ranch. It lies far in the hills of

Mariposa. There, fair as a garden of the Lord, the grassy knolls of the

foothills melt into the golden wild-oat fields of the San Joaquin.

Behind him, to the east, the virgin forest rises to the serrated peaks

of the Nevada. He drops his bridle on his horse's neck. He dreams of a

day when he can visit the unknown ca¤ons beyond his new home.

Several Ute chiefs have described giant forests of big trees. They tell

of a great gorge of awful majesty; that far toward the headwaters of the

American are sparkling lakes fed by winter snows.

His escort of young bloods rides behind him. They have had their morning

gymnastics, "a cheval," to edify the laughing beauties of the baile of

last night. The imprisoned rooster, buried to the neck in soft earth,

has been charged on and captured gaily. Races whiled away their waiting

moments.

Then, "adios, se¤oritas," with heart-pangs in chorus. After a toss of

aguardiente, the cigarito is lit. The beaux ride out for a glimpse of

the white cliffs of the Golden Gate. The sleeping Monterey belles dream

yet of yester-even. Nature smiles, a fearless virgin, with open arms.

Each rancho offers hospitality. Money payments are unknown here yet, in

such matters.

Down the Santa Clara avenue of great willows these friends ride in the

hush of a starry evening. As the mission shows its lights, musical bells

proclaim the vesper service. Their soft echoes are wafted to the ears of

these devotees.

Devoutly the caballeros dismount. They kneel on the tiled floor till the

evening service ends.

Miguel's heart sinks while he thinks of the missions. He bows in prayer.

Neglected vineyards and general decay reign over the deserted mission

lands.

It is years since Hijar scattered the missions, He paralyzed the work of

the Padres. Already Santa Clara's gardens are wasted. Snarling coyotes

prowl to the very walls of the enclosures left to the Padres.

Priest and acolytes quit the altar. Miguel sadly leaves the church. Over

a white stone on the sward his foot pauses. There rests one of his best

friends--Padre Pacheco--passed beyond these earthly troubles to eternal

rest and peace. The mandate of persecution can never drive away that

dead shepherd. He rests with his flock around him.

Hijar seized upon the acres of the Church. He came down like the feudal

barons in England. Ghostly memories cling yet around these old missions.

"When the lord of the hill, Amundeville,

Made Norman church his prey,

And expelled the friars, one friar still

Would not be driven away."

So here the sacred glebe was held by a faithful sentinel. His gravestone

flashed a white protest against violence. In the struggle between sword

and cowl, the first victory is with the sword; not always the last. Time

has its revenges.

Padre Hinojosa, the incumbent, welcomes the Captain. There is cheer for

the travellers. Well-crusted bottles of mission claret await them. The

tired riders seek the early repose of primitive communities.

Beside the fire (for the fog sweeps coldly over the Coast Range)

the priest and his guest exchange confidences. Captain Peralta is

an official bulletin. The other priest is summoned away to a dying

penitent. The halls of the once crowded residence of the clergy re-echo

strangely the footsteps of the few servants.

By the embers the man of the sword and he of the gown lament these days.

They are pregnant with trouble. The directing influence of the Padres is

now absent. Peralta confides to Hinojosa that jealousy and intrigue

will soon breed civil warfare. Micheltorrena is now conspiring against

Alvarado. Peralta seeks a secluded home in the forests of Mariposa.

He desires to gain a stronghold where he can elude both domestic and

foreign foes.

"Don Miguel," the padre begins, "in our records we have notes of a

Philippine galleon, the SAN AUGUSTIN, laden with the spoils of the

East. She was washed ashore in 1579, tempest tossed at the Golden Gate.

Viscaino found this wreck in 1602. Now I have studied much. I feel that

the Americans will gradually work west, overland, and will rule us.

Our brothers destroyed the missions. They would have Christianized

the patient Indians, teaching them industries. Books tell me even the

Apaches were peaceful till the Spanish soldiers attacked them. Now from

their hills they defy the whole Mexican army." The good priest sighed.

"Our work is ruined. I shall lay my bones here, but I see the trade

of the East following that lonely wrecked galleon, and a young people

growing up. The Dons will go." Bestowing a blessing on his guest, the

padre sought his breviary. Priest and soldier slept in quiet. To-day the

old padre's vision is realized. The treasures of the East pour into

the Golden Gate. His simple heart would have been happy to know that

thousands of Catholics pause reverently at his tomb covered with the

roses of Santa Clara.

CHAPTER II.

AT THE PRESIDIO OF SAN FRANCISCO.---WEDDING CHIMES FROM THE MISSION

DOLORES.---LAGUNITAS RANCHO.

Golden lances pierced the haze over the hills, waking the padre betimes

next morning. Already the sacristan was ringing his call.

The caballeros were kneeling when the Indian choir raised the chants.

When mass ended, the "mozos" scoured the potrero, driving in the

chargers. Commandante Peralta lingered a half hour at the priest's

house. There, the flowers bloom in a natural tangle.

The quadrangle is deserted; while the soldier lingers, the priest runs

over the broken chain of missions. He recounts the losses of Mother

Church---seventeen missions in Lower California, twenty-one all told

in Alta California, with all their riches confiscated. The "pious

fund"--monument of the faithful dead--swept into the Mexican coffers.

The struggle of intellect against political greed looks hopeless.

The friends sadly exchange fears. The bridegroom reminds the priest that

shelter will be always his at the new rancho.

Peralta's plunging roan frets now in the "paseo." After a blessing, the

Commandante briskly pushes over the oak openings, toward the marshes of

the bay. His shadow, the old sergeant, ambles alongside. Pearly mists

rise from the bay. Far to the northeast Mount Diablo uplifts its

peaked summit. From the western ridges balsamic odors of redwoods float

lightly.

Down by the marshes countless snipe, duck, geese, and curlew tempt the

absent sportsman.

The traveller easily overtakes his escort. They have been trying all the

arts of the vaquero. Past hills where startled buck and doe gaze until

they gracefully bound into the covert, the riders pursue the lonely

trail. Devoid of talk, they follow the shore, sweeping for six hours

over the hills, toward the Mission Dolores. Another hour brings them to

the Presidio.

This fort is the only safeguard of the State; a battery of ship guns is

a mere symbol of power.

In the quadrangle two companies of native soldiers and a detachment of

artillery constitute the feeble garrison. Don Miguel Peralta canters up

to the Commandante's residence.

Evening parade is over. Listless sentinels drag over their posts with

the true military laziness.

Peralta is intent upon affairs both of head and heart. His comrade, the

Commandante, sits late with him in sage counsel. A train follows from

Monterey, with stores for the settlement. Sundry cargoes of gifts for

the fair Juanita, which the one Pacific emporium of Monterey alone could

furnish, are moving. Miguel bears an order for a detail of a sergeant

and ten men, a nucleus of a force in the San Joaquin. Barges and a

shallop are needed to transport supplies up the river. By couriers,

invitations are to be sent to all the clans not represented at the

Monterey gathering.

The priests of the mission must also be visited and prepared for

the wedding. Miguel's heart softens. He thinks of his bright-eyed

Californian bride waiting in her home, soon to be Seftora Peralta.

In twenty days Don Miguel arranges his inland voyage. While his

assistants speed abroad, he pays visits of ceremony to the clergy and

his lovely bride.

The great day of his life arrives. Clad in rich uniform, he crosses to

the eastern shore. A breeze of morning moves. The planet of love is on

high. It is only the sun tinting the bay with golden gleams. Never a,

steamer yet has ploughed these silent waters.

Morning's purple folds Tamalpais in a magic mantle. Rolling surges break

on the bar outside the Golden Gate. Don Miguel, attended by friends,

receives his bride, the Rose of Alameda. Shallops wait. The merry party

sails for the western shore. Fluttering flags decorate this little navy

of San Francisco.

Merry laughter floats from boat to boat. The tinkle of the guitar sounds

gaily. Two hours end this first voyage of a new life.

At the embarcadero of Yerba Buena the party descends. They are met by a

procession of all the notables of the mission and Presidio. Hardy riders

and ladies, staid matrons and blooming senoritas, have gathered also

from Santa Clara, Napa, and Sonoma. The one government brig is crowded

with a merry party from Monterey.

The broad "camino real" sweeps three miles over sand dunes to the

mission. Past willow-shaded lakes, through stunted live-oak groves, the

wedding cavalcade advances. The poverty of the "mozo" admits of a horse.

Even the humblest admirer of Don Miguel to-day is in the saddle. No one

in California walks.

With courtly grace the warrior rides by his bride. Juanita Castro is a

true Spanish senorita. Blest with the beauty of youth and the modesty of

the Castilian, the Rose of Alameda has the blush of her garden blossoms

on her virgin cheek. She walks a queen. She rides as only the maids of

Alta California can.

The shining white walls of the mission are near. Eager eyes watch in the

belfry whence the chimes proclaim the great event. To the west the Coast

Range hides the blue Pacific. Rolling sand hills mask the Presidio. East

and south the panorama of shore and mountain frames the jewel of the

West, fair San Francisco bay.

Soldiers, traders, dull-eyed Indians, and joyous retainers crowd the

approaches.

The cortege halts at the official residence. Soon the dark-eyed bride

is arrayed in her simple white robes. Attended by her friends, Juanita

enters the house of the Lord. Don Luis Castro supports the bride, who

meets at the altar her spouse. Priests and their trains file in. The

fateful words are said.

Then the girl-wife on her liege lord's arm enters the residence of the

Padres; a sumptuous California breakfast awaits the "gente de razon."

Clangor of bells, firing of guns, vivas and popular clamor follow the

party.

The humbler people are all regaled at neighboring "casas."

In the home of the Padres, the nuptial feast makes glad the gathered

notables. The clergy are the life of this occasion. They know when to

lay by the austerity of official robes. From old to young, all hearts

are merry.

Alcaldes, officials, and baronial rancheros--all have gathered for this

popular wedding.

Carrillos, Del Valles, Sepulvedas, Arguellos, Avilas, Ortegas, Estradas,

Martinez, Aguirres and Dominguez are represented by chiefs and ladies.

Beakers of mission vintages are drained in honor of the brave and fair.

When the sun slopes toward the hills, the leaders escort the happy

couple to the Presidio. The Commandante and his bride begin their path

in life. It leads toward that yet unbuilt home in the wild hills of

Mariposa. With quaint garb, rich trappings, and its bright color, the

train lends an air of middle-age romance to the landscape.

Knightly blood, customs, and manners linger yet in the "dolce far

niente" of this unwaked paradise of the Occident. Sweetly sound the

notes of the famous sacred mission bell. It was cast and blessed at

far Mendoza in Spain, in 1192. Generations and tens of generations have

faded into shadowy myths of the past since it waked first the Spanish

echoes. Kings and crowns, even countries, have passed into history's

shadowy night since it first rang out. The cunning artificer, D.

Monterei, piously inscribed it with the name of "San Franisco." Mingled

gold and silver alone were melted for its making. Its sacred use saved

the precious treasure many times from robbers. Six hundred and fifty

years that mellow voice has warned the faithful to prayer. Pride and

treasure of the Franciscans, it followed the "conquistadores" to Mexico.

It rang its peal solemnly at San Diego, when, on July 1, 1769, the

cross of the blessed Redeemer was raised. The shores of California were

claimed for God by the apostolic representative, sainted Friar Junipero

Serra. In that year two babes were born far over the wild Atlantic, one

destined to wrap the world in flame, and the other to break down the

mightiest modern empire of the sword. It was the natal year of Napoleon

Bonaparte, the child imperially crowned by nature, and that iron chief,

Arthur Wellesley, the Duke of Wellington.

The old bell sounded its first call to the faithful on San Francisco

Bay, in 1776. It was but a few months after the American colonists gave

to wondering humanity their impassioned plea for a world's liberty--the

immortal Declaration of the Fourth of July.

No merrier peal ever sounded from its vibrant throat than the rich notes

following Miguel Peralta and his lovely Rose of Alameda.

Revelry reigns at the Presidio; Commandante Peralta's quarters are open.

Music and brightest eyes mark the closing of this day. In late watches

the sentinels remember the feast as they pace their rounds, for none are

forgotten in largesse.

Fair Juanita learns to love the dainty title of Senora. Light is her

heart as she leaves for the Hills.

Don Miguel's barges already are on the San Joaquin. The cattle have

reached their potreros on the Mariposa. Artificer and "peon" are

preparing a shelter for the lord of the grant.

Donna Juanita waves her hand in fond adieu as the schooner glides across

to Alameda. Here Commandante Miguel has a report of the arrival of his

trains.

From the Castros' home, Juanita rides out toward the San Joaquin.

Great commotion enlivens the hacienda. Pack-trains are laden with every

requisite--tents, hammocks, attendants, waiting-women and retainers are

provided.

Winding out of the meadows of the Alameda, eastwardly over the Coast

Range defiles, the train advances. Even here "los ladrones" (thieves

of animals) are the forerunners of foreign robbers. Guards watch the

bride's slumbers.

Star-lit nights make the journey easy. It is the rainless summer time;

no sound save the congress of the coyotes, or the notes of the mountain

owl, disturbs the dreams of the campers.

Don Miguel, in happiest mood, canters beside his wife. The party has

its scouts far in advance. Resting places in fragrant woods, with pure

brooks and tender grass, mark the care of the outriders.

Over the Coast Range Juanita finds a land of delightful promise. Far

away the rich valley of the San Joaquin sweeps. Rolling hills lie on

either side, golden tinted with the ripening wild oats. Messengers join

the party with auspicious reports.

Down the San Joaquin plains the train winds. Here Senora Peralta is in

merry mood; hundreds of stately elk swing tossing antlers, dashing away

to the willows. Gray deer spring over brook and fallen tree, led by

some giant leader. Pigeons, grouse, doves, and quail cleave the air with

sudden alarm. Gorgeous in his painted plumage, the wood duck whirrs away

over the slow gliding San Joaquin. Swan and wild geese cover the little

islands.

There are morning vocal concerts of a feathered orchestra. They wake the

slumbering bride long before Don Miguel calls his swarthy retainers to

the day's march.

By night, in the valley, the sentinels watch for the yellow California

lions, who delight to prey on the animals of the train. Wild-cats,

lynx, the beaver and raccoon scuttle away surprised by this invasion of

Nature's own game preserves.

It is with some terror that the young wife sees a display of native

horsemanship. Lumbering across the pathway of the train a huge grizzly

bear attracts the dare-devils. Bruin rises on his haunches; he snorts

in disdain. A quickly cast lariat encircles one paw. He throws himself

down. Another lasso catches his leg. As he rolls and tugs, other fatal

loops drop, as skilfully aimed as if he were only a helpless bullock.

Growling, rolling, biting, and tearing, he cannot break or loosen the

rawhide ropes. When he madly tries to pull in one, the agile horses

strain upon the others. He is firmly entangled. The giant bear is

tightly bound.

Donna Juanita, her lord by her side, laughs at the dreaded "oso." She

enjoys the antics of the horsemen. They sport with their enemy. After

the fun ends, Bruin receives a gunshot. Choice cuts are added to the

camp menu.

The bear, panther, and rattlesnake are the only dangers of the

Californian woods.

Days of travel bring the hills of Mariposa into view. Here the monarchs

of the forest rise in air; their wild harps are swept by the cool

breezes of the Sierras. Tall, stately redwoods, swathed in rich, soft,

fibrous bark, tower to the skies. Brave oaks spread their arms to

shelter the doe and her fawns. The madrona, with greenest leaf and

pungent berry, stands here. Hazels, willows, and cottonwoods follow the

water. Bald knolls are studded with manzanita, its red berry in harvest

now. Sturdy groves of wild plum adorn the hillsides. Grouse and squirrel

enjoy their annual feast.

The journey is over. When the train winds around a sweeping range, Don

Miguel nears his wife. The San Joaquin is studded with graceful clumps

of evergreen. In its bosom a lake shines like a diamond. The Don

uncovers smilingly. "Mi querida, there lies your home, Lagunitas," he

murmurs.

Sweet Juanita's eyes beam on her husband. She says softly, "How

beautiful!"

It is truly a royal domain. From the lake the ten leagues square of the

Commandante's land are a panorama of varying beauties. Stretching back

into the pathless forests, game, timber, wood, and building stones are

at hand; a never-failing water supply for thousands of cattle is here.

To the front, right, and left, hill pastures and broad fields give every

variety of acreage.

Blithely the young wife spurs her favorite steed over the turf. She

nears the quarters. The old sergeant is the seneschal of this domain. He

greets the new arrivals.

With stately courtesy the Commandante lifts his bride from her charger.

The hegira is over. The occupation of arranging abodes for all is the

first task. Already the cattle, sheep, and horses are fattening on the

prairie grasses. Peons are sawing lumber. A detachment is making bricks

for the houses. These are one-storied mansions with wide porches,

beloved by the Californians; to-day the most comfortable homes in

the West. Quaintly superstitious, the natives build so for fear of

earthquakes. Corrals, pens, and sheds have been first labors of the

advance guard. The stores and supplies are all housed.

Don Miguel left the choice of the mansion site to his Juanita. Together

they visit the different points of vantage. Soon the hacienda rises in

solid, fort-like simplicity.

The bride at Lagunitas strives to aid her companion. She shyly expresses

her preferences. All is at her bidding.

Don Miguel erects his ranch establishment in a military style. It is at

once a square stronghold and mansion shaded with ample porches. Corrals

for horses, pens for sheep, make up his constructions for the first

year. Already the herds are increasing under the eyes of his retainers.

The Commandante has learned that no manual work can be expected of his

Californian followers, except equestrian duties of guarding and riding.

A flash of mother-wit leads him to bring a hundred mission Indians from

the bay. They bear the brunt of mechanical toil.

Autumn finds Lagunitas Rancho in bloom. Mild weather favors all. Stores

and supplies are brought from San Francisco Bay.

Don Miguel establishes picket stations reaching to the Castro Rancho.

Save that Juanita Peralta sees no more the glories of the Golden Gate,

her life is changed only by her new, married relation. A few treasures

of her girlhood are the sole reminders of her uneventful springtime.

Rides through the forests, and canters over the grassy meadows with her

beloved Miguel, are her chiefest pleasures. Some little trading brings

in the Indians of the Sierras. It amuses the young Donna to see the

bartering of game, furs, forest nuts, wild fruits and fish for the

simple stores of the rancho. No warlike cavaliers of the plains are

these, with Tartar blood in their veins, from Alaskan migration or old

colonization. They have not the skill and mysterious arts of the Aztecs.

These Piute Indians are the lowest order of indigenous tree dwellers.

They live by the chase. Without manufactures, with no language, no arts,

no agriculture, no flocks or herds, these wretches, clad in the skins of

the minor animals, are God's meanest creatures. They live on manzanita

berry meal, pine-nuts, and grasshoppers. Bows and flint-headed arrows

are their only weapons. They snare the smaller animals. The defenceless

deer yield to their stealthy tracking. The giant grizzly and panther

affright them. They cannot battle with "Ursus ferox."

Unable to cope with the Mexican intruders, these degraded tribes are

also an easy prey to disease. They live without general intercourse, and

lurk in the foothills, or hide in the ca¤ons.

Juanita finds the Indian women peaceable, absolutely ignorant, and yet

tender to their offspring. The babes are carried in wicker baskets

on their backs. A little weaving and basket-making comprise all their

feminine arts. Rudest skin clothing covers their stunted forms.

Don Miguel encourages the visits of these wild tribes. He intends to use

them as a fringe of faithful retainers between him and the Americans.

They will warn him of any approach through the Sierras of the accursed

Yankee.

The Commandante, reared in a land without manufactures or artisans,

regarding only his flocks and herds, cherishes his military pride in

firmly holding the San Joaquin for the authorities. He never turns aside

to examine the resources of his domain. The degraded character of the

Indians near him prevents any knowledge of the great interior. They do

not speak the language of his semi-civilized mission laborers from the

Coast Range. They cannot communicate with the superior tribes of the

North and East. All their dialects are different.

Vaguely float in his memory old stories of the giant trees and the

great gorge of the Yosemite. He will visit yet the glistening and secret

summits of the Sierras.

Weeks run into months. Comfort and plenty reign at Lagunitas. With his

wife by his side, Miguel cons his occasional despatches. He promises the

Seflora that the spring shall see a chapel erected. When he makes the

official visit to the Annual Council, he will bring a padre, at once

friend, spiritual father, and physician. It is the first sign of a

higher life--the little chapel of Mariposa.

Winter winds sway the giant pines of the forests. Rains of heaven swell

the San Joaquin. The summer golden brown gives way to the velvety green

of early spring.

Juanita meekly tells her beads. With her women she waits the day when

the bell shall call to prayer in Mariposa.

Wandering by Lagunitas, the wife strays in fancy to far lands beyond

the ocean. The books of her girlhood have given her only a misty idea

of Europe. The awe with which she has listened to the Padres throws a

glamour of magic around these recitals of that fairy world beyond the

seas.

Her life is bounded by the social horizon of her family circle; she is

only the chatelaine. Her domain is princely, but no hope clings in her

breast of aught beside a faded middle age. Her beauty hides itself under

the simple robe of the Californian matron. Visitors are rare in this

lovely wilderness. The annual rodeo will bring the vaqueros together.

Some travelling officials may reach the San Joaquin. The one bright

possibility of her life is a future visit to the seashore.

Spring casts its mantle of wild flowers again over the hillocks. The

rich grass waves high in the potreros; the linnets sing blithely in the

rose-bushes. Loyal Don Miguel, who always keeps his word, girds himself

for a journey to the distant Presidio. The chapel is finished. He will

return with the looked-for padre.

Leaving the sergeant in command, Don Miguel, with a few followers,

speeds to the seashore. Five days' swinging ride suffices the soldier

to reach tide-water. He is overjoyed to find that his relatives have

determined to plant a family stronghold on the San Joaquin. This will

give society to the dark-eyed beauty by the Lagunitas who waits eagerly

for her Miguel's return.

At the Presidio the Commandante is feasted. In a few days his business

is over. Riding over to the Mission Dolores, he finds a missionary

priest from Acapulco. He is self-devoted to labor. Father Francisco

Ribaut is only twenty-five years of age. Born in New Orleans, he has

taken holy orders. After a stay in Mexico, the young enthusiast reaches

the shores of the distant Pacific.

Commandante Miguel is delighted. Francisco Ribaut is of French blood,

graceful and kindly. The Fathers of the mission hasten to provide the

needs of Lagunitas chapel.

The barges are loaded with supplies, councils and business despatched.

Padre Francisco and Don Miguel reach the glens of Mariposa in the lovely

days when bird, bud, and blossom make Lagunitas a fairyland. In the mind

of the veteran but one care lingers--future war. Already the feuds of

Alvarado and Micheltorrena presage a series of domestic broils. Don

Miguel hears that foreigners are plotting to return to the coast; they

will come back under the protection of foreign war-ships. As his horse

bounds over the turf, the soldier resolves to keep out of this coming

conflict; he will guard his hard-won heritage. By their camp fire,

Padre Francisco has told him of the Americans wrenching Texas away from

Mexico. The news of the world is imparted to him. He asks the padre if

the Gringos can ever reach the Pacific.

"As sure as those stars slope to the west," says the priest, pointing

to Orion, gleaming jewel-like in the clear skies of the Californian

evening.

The don muses. This prophecy rankles in his heart. He fears to ask

further. He fears these Yankees.

Joy reigns at Lagunitas! A heartfelt welcome awaits the priest, a

rapturous greeting for Don Miguel. The grassy Alamedas are starred with

golden poppies. Roses adorn the garden walks of the young wife. Her

pensive eyes have watched the valley anxiously for her lord.

Padre Francisco hastens to consecrate the chapel. The Virgin Mother

spreads her sainted arms on high. A school for the Indians soon occupies

the priest.

Months roll around. The peace and prosperity of the rancho are emulated

by the new station in the valley.

Don Miguel rides over the mountains often in the duties of his position.

Up and down the inland basin bronzed horsemen sweep over the untenanted

regions, locating new settlements. San Joaquin valley slowly comes under

man's dominion.

Patriot, pioneer, and leader, the Commandante travels from Sutter's

Fort to Los Angeles. He goes away light-hearted. The young wife has a

bright-eyed girl to fondle when the chief is in the saddle.

Happiness fills the parents' hearts. The baptism occasions the greatest

feast of Lagunitas. But, from the coast, as fall draws near, rumors of

trouble disturb the San Joaquin.

Though the Russians are about to leave the seacoast, still Swiss Sutter

has taken foothold on the Sacramento. The adherents of Micheltorrena and

Alvarado are preparing for war in the early spring. To leave Lagunitas

is impossible. The Indian tribes are untrustworthy. They show signs of

aggressiveness. Father Ribaut finds the Indians of the Sierras a century

behind those of the coast. They are devoid of spiritual ideas. Contact

with traders, and association with wild sea rovers, have given the

Indians of the shore much of the groundwork of practical civilization.

To his alarm, Don Miguel sees the Indians becoming treacherous. He

discovers they make voyages to the distant posts, where they obtain guns

and ammunition.

In view of danger, the Commandante trains his men. The old soldier sighs

to think that the struggle may break out between divided factions of

native Californians. The foreigners may gain foothold in California

while its real owners quarrel.

The second winter at Lagunitas gives way to spring. Rapidly increasing

herds need for their care all the force of the ranch.

From the coast plentiful supplies provided by the Commandante arrive.

With them comes the news of the return of the foreigners. They are

convoyed by a French frigate, and on the demand of the British consul at

Acapulco they are admitted. This is grave news.

Donna Juanita and the padre try to smooth the gloomy brow of Don Miguel.

All in vain. The "pernicious foreigner" is once more on the shores of

Alta California. The Mexican eagle flutters listlessly over the sea

gates of the great West. The serpent coils of foreign conspiracy are

twining around it.

CHAPTER III.

A MISSING SENTINEL.---FREMONT'S CAMP.

"Quien Vive!" A sentinel's challenge rings out. The sounds are borne

away on the night wind sweeping Gavilan Peak. No response. March breezes

drive the salty fog from Monterey Bay into the eyes of the soldier

shivering in the silent hours before dawn.

"Only a coyote or a mountain wolf," mutters Maxime Valois. He resumes

his tramp along the rocky ramparts of the Californian Coast Range.

His eyes are strained to pierce the night. He waits, his finger on the

trigger of his Kentucky rifle.

Surely something was creeping toward him from the chaparral. No: another

illusion. Pride keeps him from calling for help. Three-score dauntless

"pathfinders" are sleeping here around intrepid Fremont.

It is early March in 1846. Over in the valley the herd-guard watch the

animals. "No, not an Indian," mutters the sentinel. "They would stampede

the horses at once. No Mexican would brave death here," muses Valois.

Only a boy of twenty, he is a veteran already. He feels for his revolver

and knife. He knows he can defy any sneaking Californian.

"It must be some beast," he concludes, as he stumbles along the

wind-swept path. Maxime Valois dreams of his far-away home on the "Lower

Coast," near New Orleans. He wanders along, half asleep. This hillside

is no magnolia grove.

It is but a year since he joined the great "Pathfinder's" third voyage

over the lonely American Desert. He has toiled across to the Great Salt

Lake, down the dreary Humboldt, and over the snowy Sierras.

Down by Walker's Lake the "pathfinders" have crept into the valley of

California. As he shields his face from biting winds, he can see again

the panorama of the great plains, billowy hills, and broad vistas,

tantalizing in their deceptive nearness. Thundering herds of buffalo and

all the wild chivalry of the Sioux and Cheyennes sweep before him. The

majestic forests of the West have darkened his way. The Great Salt

Lake, a lonely inland sea; Lake Tahoe, a beautiful jewel set in snowy

mountains; and its fairy sisters near Truckee--all these pass before his

mental vision.

But the youth is tired. Onward ever, like the "Wandering Jew," still to

the West with Fremont.

Pride and hot southern blood nerve him in conflicts with the fierce

savages. Dashing among the buffalo, he has ridden in many a wild chase

where a single stumble meant death. His rifle has rung the knell of elk

and bear, of wolf and panther.

These varied excitements repaid the long days of march, but the

Louisianian is mercurial. Homeward wander his thoughts.

Hemmed in, with starvation near, in the Sierras, he welcomes this

forlorn-hope march to the sea. Fremont with a picked squad has swept

down to Sutter's Fort to send succor to the remaining "voyageurs."

But the exploring march to Oregon, and back East by the southern road,

appalls him. He is tired now. He would be free. As a mere volunteer, he

can depart as soon as the frigate PORTSMOUTH arrives at Monterey. He

is tired of Western adventures. Kit Carson, Aleck Godey, and Dick Owens

have taught him their border lore. They all love the young Southerner.

The party are now on the defensive. Maxime Valois knows that General

Jose Castro has forbidden them to march toward Los Angeles. Governor Pio

Pico is gathering his army to overawe "los Americanos."

Little does Valois think that the guns of Palo Alto and Resaca de la

Palma will soon usher in the Mexican war. The "pathfinders" are cut off

from home news. He will join the American fleet, soon expected.

He will land at Acapulco, and ride over to the city of Mexico. From

Vera Cruz he can reach New Orleans and the old Valois plantation, "Belle

Etoile." The magnolias' fragrance call him back to-night.

Another rustle of the bushes. Clinging to his rifle, he peers into the

gloom. How long these waiting hours! The gleaming stars have dipped

into the far Pacific. The weird hours of the night watch are ending.

Ha! Surely that was a crouching form in the arroyo. Shall he fire? No.

Another deception of night. How often the trees have seemed to move

toward him! Dark beings fancifully seemed to creep upon him. Nameless

terrors always haunt these night hours.

To be laughed at on rousing the camp? Never! But his inner nature

tingles now with the mysterious thrill of danger. Eagerly he scans his

post. The bleak blasts have benumbed his senses.

Far away to the graceful groves and Gallic beauties of Belle Etoile his

truant thoughts will fly once more. He wonders why he threw up his law

studies under his uncle, Judge Valois, to rove in this wilderness.

Reading the exploits of Fremont fascinated the gallant lad.

As his foot falls wearily, the flame of his enthusiasm flickers very

low.

Turning at the end of his post he starts in alarm. Whizz! around his

neck settles a pliant coil, cast twenty yards, like lightning. His cry

for help is only a gurgle. The lasso draws tight. Dark forms dart from

the chaparral. A rough hand stifles him. His arms are bound. A gag is

forced in his mouth. Dragged into the bushes, his unknown captors have

him under cover.

The boy feels with rage and shame his arms taken from his belt. His

rifle is gone. A knife presses his throat. He understands the savage

hiss, "Vamos adelante, Gringo!" The party dash through the chaparral.

Valois, bruised and helpless, reflects that his immediate death seems

not to be his captors' will. Will the camp be attacked? Who are these?

The bitter words show them to be Jose Castro's scouts. Is there a force

near? Will they attack? All is silent.

In a few minutes an opening is reached. Horses are there. Forced to

mount, Maxime Valois rides away, a dozen guards around him. Grim

riders in scrapes and broad sombreros are his escort. The guns on their

shoulders and their jingling machetes prove them native cavalry.

For half an hour Valois is busy keeping his seat in the saddle. These

are no amiable captors. The lad's heart is sad. He speaks Spanish as

fluently as his native French. Every word is familiar.

A camp-fire flickers in the live-oaks. He is bidden to dismount. The

lair of the guerillas is safe from view of the "pathfinders."

The east shows glimmers of dawn. The prisoner warms his chilled bones at

the fire. He sees a score of bronzed faces scowling at him. Preparations

for a meal are hastened. A swarthy soldier, half-bandit, half-Cossack in

bearing, tells him roughly to eat. They must be off.

Maxime already realizes he has been designedly kidnapped. His capture

may provide information for Castro's flying columns. These have

paralleled their movements, from a distance, for several weeks. Aware

of the ferocity of these rancheros, he obeys instantly each order. He

feigns ignorance of the language. Tortillas, beans, some venison,

with water, make up the meal. It is now day. Valois eats. He knows his

ordeal. He throws himself down for a rest. He divines the journey will

be hurried. A score of horses are here tied to the trees. In a half hour

half of these are lazily saddled. Squatted around, the soldiers keep a

morose silence, puffing the corn-husk cigarette. The leader gives rapid

directions. Valois now recalls his locality as best he can. Fremont's

camp on Gavilan Peak commands the Pajaro, Salinas, and Santa Clara. A

bright sun peeps over the hills. If taken west, his destination must

be Monterey; if south, probably Los Angeles; and if north, either San

Francisco Bay or the Sacramento, the headquarters of the forces of Alta

California.

Dragged like a beast from his post, leaving the lines unguarded! What

a disgrace! Bitterly does he remember his reveries of the home he may

never again see.

The party mounts. Two men lead up a tame horse without bridle. The

leader approaches and searches him. All his belongings fill the

saddle-pouches of the chief. A rough gesture bids him mount the horse,

whose lariat is tied to a guard's saddle. Valois rages in despair as the

guard taps his own revolver. Death on the slightest suspicious movement,

is the meaning of that sign.

With rough adieus the party strike out eastwardly toward the San

Joaquin. Steadily following the lope of the taciturn leader, they wind

down Pacheco Pass. Valois' eyes rove over the beautiful hills of the

Californian coast. Squirrels chatter on the live-oak branches, and the

drumming grouse noisily burst out of their manzanita feeding bushes.

Onward, guided by distant peak and pass, they thread the trail. No word

is spoken save some gruff order. Maxime's captors have the hang-dog

manner of the Californian. They loll on their mustangs, lazily worrying

out the long hours. A rest is taken for food at noon. The horses are

herded an hour or so and the advance resumed.

Nightfall finds Valois in a squalid adobe house, thirty miles from

Gavilan Peak. An old scrape is thrown him. His couch is the mud floor.

The youth sleeps heavily. His last remembrance is the surly wish of a

guard that Commandante Miguel Peralta will hang the accursed Gringo.

At daybreak he is roused by a carelessly applied foot. The dejected

"pathfinder" begins his second day of captivity. He fears to converse.

He is warned with curses to keep silent. In the long day Maxime

concludes that the Mexicans suspect treachery by Captain Fremont's

"armed exploration in the name of science."

These officials hate new-comers. Valois had been, like other gilded

youth of New Orleans, sent to Paris by his opulent family. He knows the

absorbing interest of the South in Western matters. Stern old Tom Benton

indicated truly the onward march of the resistless American. In his

famous speech, while the senatorial finger pointed toward California,

he said with true inspiration: "There is the East; there is the road to

India."

All the adventurers of the South are ready to stream to the West. Maxime

knows the jealous Californian officials. The particulars of Fremont's

voyage of 1842 to the Rockies, and his crossing to California in 1843,

are now history. His return on the quest, each time with stronger

parties and a more formidable armament, is ominous. It warns the local

hidalgos that the closed doors of the West must yield to the daring

touch of the American---manifest destiny.

The enemy are hovering around the "pathfinders" entrenched on the hills;

they will try to frighten them into return, and drive them out of the

regions of Alta California. Some sly Californian may even contrive an

Indian attack to obliterate them.

Valois fears not the ultimate fate of the friends he has been torn away

from. The adventurous boy knows he will be missed at daybreak. The camp

will be on the alert to meet the enemy. Their keen-eyed scouts can read

the story of his being lassoed and carried away from the traces of the

deed.

The young rover concludes he is to be taken before some superior

officer, some soldier charged with defending Upper California. This view

is confirmed. Down into the valley of the San Joaquin the feet of the

agile mustangs bear the jaded travellers.

They cross the San Joaquin on a raft, swimming their horses. Valois sees

nothing yet to hint his impending fate. Far away the rich green billows

of spring grass wave in the warm sun. Thousands of elk wander in

antlered armies over the meadows. Gay dancing yellow antelope bound

over the elastic turf. Clouds of wild fowl, from the stately swan to the

little flighty snipe, crowd the tule marshes of this silent river. It is

the hunter's paradise. Wild cattle, in sleek condition, toss their heads

and point their long, polished horns. Mustangs, fleet as the winds,

bound along, disdaining their meaner brethren, bowing under man's yoke.

At the occasional mud-walled ranches, vast flocks of fat sheep whiten

the hills.

Maxime mentally maps the route he travels. Alas! no chance of escape

exists. At the first open attempt a rifle-ball, or a blow from a

razor-edged machete, would end his earthly wanderings. Despised, shunned

by even the wretched women at the squalid ranchos, he feels utterly

alone. The half-naked children timidly flee from him. The wicked eyes of

his guards never leave him. He knows a feeling animates the squad, that

he would be well off their hands by a use of the first handy limb and

a knotted lariat. The taciturn chief watches over him. He guards an

ominous silence.

The cavalcade, after seven days, are in sight of the purpled outlines

of the sculptured Sierras. They rise heavenward to the sparkling crested

pinnacles where Bret Harte's poet fancy sees in long years after the

"minarets of snow." Valley oaks give way to the stately pines. Olive

masses of enormous redwoods wrap the rising foot-hills. Groves of

laurel, acorn oak, and madrona shelter the clinging panther and the grim

warden of the Sierras, the ferocious grizzly bear.

Over flashing, bounding mountain brooks, cut up with great ledges of

blue bed rock, they splash. Here the silvery salmon and patrician trout

leap out from the ripples to glide into the great hollowed pools, yet

the weary cavalcade presses on. Will they never stop?

Maxime Valois' haggard face looks back at him from the mirrored waters

of the Cottonwood, the Merced, and the Mariposa. The prisoner sees there

only the worn features of his strangely altered self. He catches no

gleam of the unreaped golden harvest lying under the feet of the wild

mustangs. These are the treasure channels of the golden West.

The mountain gnomes of this mystic wilderness are already in terror lest

some fortunate fool may utter the one magic word, "Gold." It will call

greedy thousands from the uttermost parts of the earth to break the

seals of ages, and burrow far below these mountain bases. Through

stubborn granite wall, tough porphyry, ringing quartz, and bedded

gnarled gneiss, men will grope for the feathery, fairy veins of the

yellow metal.

A feverish quest for gold alone can wake the dreamy "dolce far niente"

of the Pacific. God's fairest realm invites the foot of man in vain.

Here the yellow grains will be harvested, which buy the smiles of

beauty, blunt the sword of justice, and tempt the wavering conscience

of young and old. It will bring the human herd to one grovelling

level--human swine rooting after the concrete token of power. Here, in

later years, the wicked arm of power will be given golden hammers to

beat down all before it. Here will that generation arise wherein the

golden helmet can dignify the idle and empty pate.

Maxime, now desperate, is ready for any fate. Only let this long ride

cease. Sweeping around the hills, for the first time he sees the square

courtyard, the walled casas of the rancho of Lagunitas.

By the shores of the flashing mountain lake, with the rich valley

sweeping out before it, it lies in peace. The fragrant forest throws out

gallant flanking wings of embattled trees. It is the residence of the

lord of ten leagues square. This is the great Peralta Rancho.

In wintering in the San Joaquin, Maxime has often heard of the fabulous

wealth and power of this inland chieftain. Don Miguel Peralta is

Commandante of the San Joaquin. By a fortunate marriage he is related to

Jose Castro, the warlike Commandante general of Pio Pico--a man of mark

now. Thousands of cattle and horses, with great armies of sheep, are

herded by his semi-military vaqueros. The young explorer easily divines

now the reason of his abduction.

The party dismounts. While the sergeant seeks the major-domo, Valois'

wondering eye gazes on the beauties of lake and forest. Field and

garden, bower and rose-laden trellises lie before him. The rich autumn

sun will ripen here deep-dyed clusters of the sweet mission grapes. It

is a lordly heritage, and yet his prison. Broad porches surround the

plaza. There swinging hammocks, saddled steeds, and waiting retainers

indicate the headquarters of the Californian Don.

Maxime looks with ill-restrained hatred at his fierce guards. They squat

on the steps and eye him viciously. He is under the muzzle of his own

pistol. It is their day of triumph.

Dragging across the plaza, with jingling spur, trailing leggings, and

sombrero pushed back on his head, the sergeant comes. He points out

Maxime to a companion. The new-comer conducts the American prisoner to

a roughly furnished room. A rawhide bed and a few benches constitute its

equipment. A heavy door is locked on him. The prisoner throws himself on

the hard couch and sleeps. He is wakened by an Indian girl bringing

food and water. Some blankets are carelessly tossed in by a "mozo." The

wanderer sleeps till the birds are carolling loudly in the trees.

Hark! a bell! He springs to the window. Valois sees a little chapel,

with its wooden cross planted in front. Is there a priest here? The

boy is of the old faith. He looks for a possible friend in the padre.

Blessed bell of peace and hope!

Sturdy and serious is the major-domo who briskly enters Valois' room.

"Do you speak Spanish?" he flatly demands in that musical tongue.

"Yes," says Maxime, without hesitation. He knows no subterfuge will

avail. His wits must guard his head.

"Give me your name, rank, and story," demands the steward.

Valois briefs his life history.

"You will be taken to the Commandante. I advise you not to forget

yourself; you may find a lariat around your neck." With which admonition

the major-domo leaves. He tosses Maxime a bunch of cigaritos, and offers

him a light ere going, with some show of courtesy.

Valois builds no fallacious hopes on this slender concession. He knows

the strange Mexicans. They would postpone a military execution if the

condemned asked for a smoke.

Facing his fate, Maxime decides, while crossing the plaza, to conceal

nothing. He can honorably tell his story. Foreigners have been

gathering in California for years. The Commandante can easily test his

disclosures, so lying would be useless. He believes either a British or

American fleet will soon occupy California. The signs of the times have

been unmistakable since the last return of the foreigners. Will he live

to see the day? "Quien sabe?"

Maxime sees a stern man of fifty seated in his official presence room.

Commandante Miguel Peralta is clad in his undress cavalry uniform. The

sergeant captor is in attendance, while at the door an armed sentinel

hovers. This is the wolf's den. Maxime is wary and serious.

"You are a Yankee, young man," begins the soldier. Maxime Valois' Creole

blood stirs in his veins.

"I am an American, Senor Commandante, from New Orleans. No Yankee!"

he hotly answers, forgetting prudence. Peralta opens his eyes in vague

wonder. No Yankee? He questions the rash prisoner. Valois tells the

facts of Fremont's situation, but he firmly says he knows nothing of his

future plans.

"Why so?" demands Peralta. "Are you a common soldier?" Maxime explains

his position as a volunteer.

A pressing inquest follows. Maxime's frankness touches the Commandante

favorably. "I will see you in a day or so. I shall hold you as a

prisoner till I know if your chief means war. I may want you as an

interpreter if I take the field."

"Sergeant," he commands.

The captor salutes his chief.

"Has this young man told me the truth?"

"As far as I know, Senior Don Miguel," is the reply.

"See that he has all he wants. Keep him watched. If he behaves himself,

let him move around. He is not to talk to any one. If he tries to

escape, shoot him. If he wants to see me, let me know."

The Commandante lights a Mexican cigar, and signs to the sergeant to

remove his prisoner. Maxime sees a score of soldiers wandering around

the sunny plaza, where a dozen fleet horses stand saddled. He feels

escape is hopeless. As he moves to the door, the chapel bell rings out

again, and with a sudden inspiration he halts.

"Senior Commandante, can I see the priest?" he asks.

"What for?" sharply demands the officer.

"I am a Catholic, and would like to talk to him."

Don Miguel Peralta gazes in wonder. "A Gringo and a Catholic! I will

tell him to see you."

Valois is reconducted to his abode. He leaves a puzzled Commandante, who

cannot believe that any despised "Gringo" can be of the true faith. He

has only seen the down-east hide traders, who are regarded as heathen by

the orthodox Dons of the Pacific.

Don Miguel knows not that the mariners from Salem and the whalers of New

England hold different religious views from the impassioned Creoles of

the Crescent City.

The prisoner's eye catches the black robe of the priest fluttering among

the rose walks of the garden. Walking with him is a lady, while a pretty

girl of seven or eight years plays in the shady bowers.

The sergeant gruffly fulfils the orders of his chief. Maxime is given

the articles needed for his immediate use. He fears now, at least, a

long captivity, but a war may bring his doom suddenly on him.

There is an air of authority in Miguel Peralta's eye, which is a

guarantee of honor, as well as a personal menace. His detention will

depend on the actions of the besieged Fremont.

Valois prays that bloodshed may not occur. His slender chances hang now

on a peaceable solution of the question of this Yankee visit.

There have been days in the dreary winter, when Maxime Valois has

tried to divine the future of the magnificent realm he traverses.

His education and birth gave him the companionship of the scientific

subordinates of the party. His services claimed friendly treatment of

the three engineer officers in command. That the American flag will

finally reach the western ocean he doubts not. Born in the South, waited

upon by patrimonial slaves, he is attached to the "peculiar institution"

which throws its dark shadow on the flag of this country. Already

statesmen of the party have discussed the question of the extension of

slavery. Maxime Valois knows that the line of the Missouri Compromise

will here give a splendid new southern star to the flag south of 36 deg

30 min. In the long, idle hours of camp chat, he has laughingly

pledged he would bring a band of sable retainers to this western terra

incognita. He dreamed of establishing a great plantation, but the prison

cell shatters these foolish notions.

He marvels at his romantic year's experience. Was it to languish in a

lonely prison life on the far Pacific, that he left the gay circle at

far-off Belle Etoile? Worn with fatigue, harassed with loneliness, a

prisoner among strangers, Maxime Valois' heart fails him. Sinking on the

couch, he buries his head in his hands.

No present ray of hope cheers the solitary American. He raises his eyes

to see the thoughtful face of a young priest at the door of his prison

room.

CHAPTER IV.

HELD BY THE ENEMY.--"THE BEAR FLAG."

The padre bends searching eyes on the youth as the door opens. The

priest's serious face heightens his thirty-five years. He is worn by

toil as a missionary among the tribes of the Gila--the Apaches and the

wild and brutal Mojaves. Here, among the Piute hill dwellers, his

task is hopeless. This spiritual soil is indeed stony. Called from the

society of Donna Juanita and his laughing pupil, merry Dolores, he comes

to test the religious faith of the young freebooter--Yankee and Catholic

at once.

Maxime's downcast appearance disarms the padre. Not such a terrible

fire-eater! He savors not of infidel Cape Cod.

"My son, you are in trouble," softly says the padre. It is the first

kind word Maxime has heard. The boy's heart is full, so he speaks freely

to the mild-mannered visitor. Padre Francisco listens to the recital.

His eyes sparkle strangely when Valois speaks of New Orleans.

"Then you understand French?" cries the padre joyously.

"It is my native tongue," rejoins Valois proudly.

"My name before I took orders was Fran‡ois Ribaut," says the overjoyed

father. "Hold! I must see Don Miguel. I am a Frenchman myself." He flies

over the plaza, his long robe fluttering behind him. His quickened steps

prove a friendly interest. Maxima's heart swells within him. The beloved

language has unlocked the priestly heart.

In five minutes the curate is back. "Come with me, 'mon fils,'" he

says. Guided by the priest, Maxime leaves his prison, its unlocked door

swinging open. They reach the head of the square.

By the chapel is Padre Francisco's house, school-room, and office. A

sacristy chamber connects chapel and dwelling.

The missionary leads the way to the chancel, and points to the altar

rails.

"I will leave you," he whispers.

There, on his knees, where the wondering Indians gaze in awe of the face

on the Most Blessed Virgin, Maxime thanks God for this friend raised up

to him in adversity.

He rejoins the missionary on the rose-shaded porch. In friendly commune

he answers every eager query of the padre. The priest finds Maxime

familiar with Paris. It is manna in the wilderness to this lonely man of

God to speak of the beloved scenes of his youth.

After the Angelus, Maxime rests in the swinging hammock. The priest

confers with the Commandante. His face is hopeful on returning. "My poor

boy," he says, "I gained one favor. Don Miguel allows me to keep you

here. He loves not the American. Promise me, my son, on the blessed

crucifix, that you will not escape. You must not aid the American troops

in any way; on this hangs your life."

These words show that under the priest's frock beats yet the gallant

heart of the French gentleman. Maxima solemnly promises. The good father

sits under the vines, a happy man.

Day by day the new friends stroll by the lake. Seated where below them

the valley shines in all its bravery of spring, surrounded with

the sighing pines, Padre Francisco tells of the resentment of the

Californians toward all Americans. They are all "Gringos," "thieving

Yankees."

"Be careful, my son, even here. Our wild vaqueros have waylaid and

tortured to death some foreigners. The Diggers, Utes, and Hill Indians

butcher any wanderer. Keep closely under my protection. Don Miguel

adores Donna Juanita, sweet Christian lady! She will lend me aid; you

are thus safe. If your people leave the Hawk's Peak without a battle,

our cavalry will not take the field; we expect couriers momentarily.

Should fighting begin, Don Miguel will lead his troops. He will then

take you as guide or interpreter; God alone must guard you." The man of

peace crosses himself in sadness. "Meanwhile, I will soften the heart of

Don Miguel."

Maxime learns of the padre's youth. Educated for the Church after a

boyhood spent in Paris, he sailed for Vera Cruz. He has been for years

among the Pacific Indians. He familiarized himself with the Spanish

language and this western life in Mexico. Stout-hearted Padre Francisco

worked from mission to mission till he found his self-chosen field in

California.

The "pathfinder" sees the decadence of priestly influence. Twenty-one

flourishing missions have been secularized by Governor Hijar since 1834.

Now the superior coast tribes are scattered, and the civilizing work

since 1769 is all lost to human progress. In glowing words Padre

Francisco tells of idle farms, confiscated flocks, and ruined works of

utility. Beautiful San Luis Rey is crumbling to decay. Its bells hang

silent. The olive and vine scatter their neglected fruits. The Padres

are driven off to Mexico. The pious fund is in profane coffers. San

Juan Capistrano shines out a lonely ruin in the southern moonlight.

The oranges of San Gabriel now feed only the fox and coyote. Civil

dissension and wars of ambitious leaders follow the seizure of the

missions. Strangers have pillaged the religious settlements. All is

relapsing into savagery. In a few stations, like Monterey, Santa Clara,

Santa Barbara, and Yerba Buena, a lonely shepherd watches a diminished

flock; but the grand mission system is ruined.

"Does not the Government need the missions?" queries Maxime.

"Ah! my son, Sonoma and San Rafael are kept up to watch the Russians at

Fort Ross. Sutter menaces us at New Helvetia. I can see the little cloud

of the future, which will break one day in storm."

"Whence comes it, father?" queries the prisoner.

"From the United States," replies the padre. "Our whole political system

is paralyzed. The Americans have supported the Texans in battle. That

splendid land is dropping away from Mexico. We will lose this glorious

land, and our beloved flag will go down forever. The Government

sleeps, and the people will be ruined. There are two thousand scattered

foreigners here to-day. They gain daily: we weaken hourly. When your

people in numbers follow such leaders as your gallant captain over the

plains, we will lose this land also."

The padre sighed. His years of hard endeavor are wasted, the fruits are

wanting, his labor is vain.

"Why is not your Government more vigorous?" says the stranger.

"My son, our pastoral life builds up no resources of this great land.

The young men will not work; they only ride around. Flocks and herds

alone will not develop this paradise. The distance from Mexico has

broken the force of the laws. In fifty-five years of Spanish rule and

twenty-three more of Mexican, we have had twenty-two different rulers.

The old families have lost their loyalty, and they now fight each other

for supremacy. All is discord and confusion in Alta California."

"And the result?" questions Maxime.

"Either England or the United States will sweep us off forever," mourns

the padre. He addresses himself to his beads. Bright sunlight wakes

Maxime with the birds. The matin bell rings out. He rises refreshed by

the father's hospitality.

During the day Valois measures the generosity of Padre Francisco. A

few treasured books enable Maxime to amuse himself. As yet he dares not

venture out of the garden.

The sound of clattering hoofs causes the prisoner to drop his volume.

He sits enjoying a flask of ripe claret, for he is broken down and needs

recruiting.

A courier spurs his foam-covered horse up to the Commandante's porch.

Panting and staggering, the poor beast shows the abuse of a merciless

rider. The messenger's heels are adorned with two inch spiked wheels,

bloody with spurring the jaded beast.

Peace or war? Maxime's heart beats violently. He prudently withdraws.

The wild soldiery gather on the plaza. His guards are there with his own

weapons, proudly displayed.

The Southerner chafes in helplessness. Could he but have his own horse

and those weapons, he would meet any two of them in the open. They are

now clamoring against the Gringos. Soon the courier reappears. All is

bustle and shouting. Far away, on the rich knolls, Maxime sees fleet

riders gathering up the horses nearest the ranch. When Padre Francisco

arrives from his morning lessons, a troop of vaqueros are arrayed on the

plaza.

"The news?" eagerly queries Maxime.

"Thanks be to God!" says the padre, "Fremont has broken camp after

five days' stay at the Hawk's Peak. He is moving north. There has been

skirmishing, but no battle. Don Miguel is sending a company to watch

their march, and will attack if they menace any of our sentinels. The

Americans may, however, go into Oregon, or back over the mountains. The

Commandante will keep his main force in the valley. If they turn back,

he will dispute their passage. You will be kept here."

Valois gazes on the departure. He takes an informal adieu of those

trusty weapons which have been with him in so many scenes of danger.

The last files sweep down the trail. Lagunitas Lake smiles peacefully

from its bowers. The war clouds have rolled north.

As days glide by, the priest and his youthful charge grow into each

other's hearts. Padre Francisco is young enough still to have some

flowers of memory blossoming over the stone walls of his indomitable

heart. Maxime learns the story of his early life. He listens to the

padre's romantic recitals of the different lands he has strayed over.

Couriers arrive daily with news of Fremont's whirling march northward.

The explorer travels like a Cossack in simplicity. He rides with the

sweep of the old Tartars. Cool, wary and resolute, the "Pathfinder"

manoeuvres to baffle clumsy Castro. He may yet elude his pursuers, or

cut his way out.

Don Miguel steadily refuses to see Maxime. Through the padre, Maxime

receives any necessary messages or questions.

The Louisianian learns that all the foreigners are in commotion.

Peralta's spies bring rumors of war vessels expected, both English and

American.

In New Helvetia, in Sonoma, at Monterey, and in Yerba Buena, guided

by the most resolute, the aliens are quietly arming; they are secretly

organizing.

March wears away into April. The breath of May is wafted down in spicy

odors from the forests.

Fremont is away hiding where the great Sacramento River mountains break

into the gorgeous canyons of its headwaters. Will he never turn?

The padre, now unreservedly friendly, tells Maxime that Castro fears to

attack Fremont in the open field. He has sent Indian runners to stir up

the wild Klamath, Snake River, and Oregon Indians against the Americans.

This is serious. Should the explorers receive a check there, they would

retreat; then the guerillas would cut them off easily.

Padre Francisco fears for the result. He tells Maxime that bands of

fierce vaqueros are riding the roads; they have already butchered

straggling foreigners. A general war of extermination may sweep from

Sonoma to San Diego.

Valois' weary eyes have roved from mountain to valley for many days.

Will he ever regain his liberty? A few morning walks with the padre, and

a stroll by the waters of Lagunitas, are his only liberties.

The priest is busy daily with the instruction of little Dolores. The

child's sweet, dancing eyes belie her mournful name. Valois has passed

quiet Donna Juanita often in the garden walks. A light bending of her

head is her only answer to the young man's respectful salutation. She,

too, fears and distrusts all Americans.

The roses have faded from her cheeks too early. It is the hard lot of

the California lady. Though wealth of lands in broad leagues dotted with

thousands of cattle, horses, and sheep is hers, this daughter of an old

feudal house has dreamed away a lonely life. It is devoid of all social

pleasures since she became the first lady of Lagunitas.

Colorless and sad is her daily life. Denied society by her isolation,

she is yet too proud to associate with her women dependants.

Her lord is away often in the field. His days are spent galloping over

his broad domains. There is no intellectual life, no change of day and

day. The years have silently buried themselves, with no crown of happy

memories. She left her merry home at the Alameda shore of the great

bay to be the lonely lady of this distant domain. Her narrow nature has

settled into imitative and mechanical devotion, a sad, cold faith.

Youthful lack of education has not been repaired by any individual

experience of life. Maternity has been a mere physical epoch of her

dreary womanhood. The current of her days in narrow channels sluggishly

flows toward its close.

Even the laughing child runs away from the young "pathfinder." She

furtively peers at him from the shelter of the graceful vines and rose

bowers of her playground.

Maxime has exhausted the slender library of his friend. In the peaceful

evening hours he listens to weird stories of the lonely land of the Far

West--early discovery, zealous monkish exploration, daring voyages in

trackless unknown seas, and the descent of curious strangers. Bold Sir

Francis Drake, Cabrillo, Viscaino, Portala, the good Junipero Serra of

sainted memory, live again in these recitals.

Day by day passes. No news from the Americans at bay in the wilds of the

Klamath. By courier the Don has heard of Castro's feeble moves. He toils

along with his cavalry, guns, and foot soldiers, whom Fremont defied

from behind the rocky slopes of Hawk's Peak. The foreigners are all

conspiring.

A cloud of government agents are scouring the valleys for aid to send a

column to attack Fremont. It had been a pride of Don Miguel's military

career to assist warlike Vallejo to drive the foreigners from Monterey

in 1840. He is ready for the fray again.

The Commandante gnashed his teeth when he heard, in 1842, at Lagunitas,

that the strangers had returned. He remembers the shameful day of

October 19, 1842, when the Yankee frigates covered Monterey with their

guns, while Commodore Jones hoisted the stars and stripes for a day or

so. Always before the English.

Though it was disowned, this act showed how easily the defenceless coast

could be ravaged. Many times did he thank the Blessed Virgin that his

domain was far away in the inland basin. There his precious herds are

safe from the invader.

There is danger for Valois in the Commandante's scowl when the saddest

May day of his life comes. A rider on relay horses hands him a fateful

despatch.

"Curse the Gringos!" He strikes his table till the glasses ring.

There are five huge Yankee war vessels in Monterey harbor. It is too

true. This time they have come to stay. Padre Francisco softly makes his

exit. He keeps Maxime in cover for a day or so.

Bit by bit, the details come to light. The SAVANNAH, PORTSMOUTH, CYANE,

LEVANT, and CONGRESS bear the flag of Commodore Sloat. This force can

crush any native army. All communication by sea with Mexico is now cut

off. The Californian Government is paralyzed.

Worse and worse, the wild Klamath warriors have failed in their midnight

dash on Fremont. He is now swinging down the valley--a new danger to

Maxime.

What means all this? The perplexed Don knows not what to do. From his

outposts come menacing news. The battery of the PORTSMOUTH commands the

town of Yerba Buena. San Diego, too, is under American guns. The CYANE

is victorious there, and the CONGRESS holds San Pedro. The political

fabric is so slight that its coming fall gives no sign. The veteran

Commandante receives an order to march, with every available man, to

join General Castro. He feels even his own domains are now in danger.

He communes long with the padre. He musters every vaquero for their last

campaign under the Mexican eagle.

Miguel Peralta growls with rage. He learns the English liner COLLINGWOOD

has arrived, a day or so too late--only another enemy. Still, better

temporary English rule than the long reign of the grasping Yankee. The

Don's self-interest, in alarm, is in the logical right this time.

How shall he protect his property? What will he do with his family? He

knows that behind him the great Sierras wall the awful depths of

the Yosemite. The gloomy forests of the big trees appall the stray

traveller. The Utes are merciless in the day of their advantage, and the

American war vessels cut off all escape by sea to Mexico. All the towns

near the ocean are rendezvous of defiant foreigners, now madly exultant.

To the north is the enemy he is going out to fight.

Padre Francisco advises him to leave the rancho in his charge. He begs

him to even let the young American prisoner remain.

Lagunitas may be seized, yet private property will be respected. Young

Valois may be a help to considerate treatment. After council with his

frightened spouse, Don Miguel rides off to the rendezvous near Santa

Clara. He curbs his passion from prudence only, for he was on the point

of making Valois a human tassel for a live-oak limb.

The padre breaths freer.

Day after day elapses. Under a small body-guard both the padre and

Maxime ride the domain in freedom. Juanita Peralta shuts herself up

in the gloomy mansion, where she tells her beads in the shadow of the

coming defeats.

Rich and lovely Lagunitas is yet out of the theatre of action. Its

lonely inhabitants hear of the now rapid march of events, but only

defeated riders wander in with heavy tidings.

Fremont has whirled back once more and controls Suiter's Fort and

Sonoma. The ablest general of California is powerless. Gallant Vallejo

is now a prisoner. His scanty cannons and arms are all taken. Castro's

cavalry are broken up or captured. Everywhere the foreigners gather for

concerted action. It is a partisan warfare.

Don Miguel's sullen bulletins tell of Castro's futile attempt to get

north of the bay. Since Cabrillo was foiled in landing at Mendocino in

1543, the first royal flag floating over this "No Man's Land" was Good

Queen Bess's standard, set up in 1579 by dashing Sir Francis Drake.

He landed from the Golden Hind. In 1602 the Spanish ensign floated on

December 10 at Monterey; in 1822 the third national ensign was unfurled,

the beloved Mexican eagle-bearing banner. It now flutters to its

downfall.

Don Miguel warns the padre that the rude "bear flag" of the revolted

foreigners victoriously floats at Sonoma. It was raised on July 4, 1846.

Castro and Pio Pico are driven away from the coast. They only hold the

Santa Clara valley and the interior. There is but one depot of arms in

the country now; it is a hidden store at San Juan. Far away in Illinois,

a near relative of the painter and hoister of the "bear flag" is a

struggling lawyer. Todd's obscure boyhood friend, Abraham Lincoln, is

destined to be the martyr ruler of the United States. A new star will

shine in the stars and stripes for California, in a bloody civil war,

far off yet in the mystic future.

In the narrow theatre where the decaying Latin system is falling, under

Anglo-Saxon self-assertion, the stern logic of events teaches Don Miguel

better lessons. His wild riders may as well sheathe their useless swords

as fight against fate.

The first blood is drawn at Petaluma. A declaration of independence,

rude in form, but grimly effective in scope, is given out by the "bear

flag" party. Fremont joins and commands them. The Presidio batteries at

San Francisco are spiked by Fremont and daring Kit Carson, The cannon

and arms of Castro are soon taken. On July 7, Captain Mervine, with two

hundred and fifty blue-jackets, raises the flag of the United States

at Monterey. Its hills reecho twenty-one guns in salvo from Sloat's

squadron.

On the 8th, Montgomery throws the national starry emblem to the breeze

at the Golden Gates of San Francisco. The old PORTSMOUTH'S heavy cannon

roar their notes of triumph.

Valois remains lonely and inactive at Lagunitas. His priestly friend

warns him that he would be assassinated at any halting place if he

tried to join his friends. In fact, he conceals his presence from any

wayfaring, Yankee-hunting guerillas.

Don Miguel is bound by his military oath to keep the field. A returning

straggler brings the crushing news that the San Juan military depot has

been captured by a smart dash of the American volunteers under Fremont

and Gillespie. And San Diego has fallen now. The bitter news of the

Mexican War is heard from the Rio Grande. A new sorrow!

Broken-hearted Don Miguel bravely clings to his flag. He marches south

with Castro and Pico, The long weeks wear along. The arrival of General

Kearney, and the occupation of San Diego and Los Angeles, are the

prelude to the last effort made for the honor of the Mexican ensign.

Months drag away. The early winter finds Don Miguel still missing.

Commodore Stockton, now in command of the powerful fleet, reinforces

Fremont and Gillespie. The battles of San Gabriel and the Mesa teach the

wild Californians what bitter foes their invaders can be. The treaty of

Coenga at last ends the unequal strife. The stars and stripes wave over

the yet unmeasured boundaries of the golden West. The Dons are in the

conquerors' hands. After the fatal day of January 16, 1847, defeated

and despairing of the future of his race, war-worn Miguel Peralta,

Commandante no longer, with a few followers rides over the Tehachape. He

descends the San Joaquin to his imperilled domain.

With useless valor he has thrown himself into the fire of the Americans

at the battles near Los Angeles, but death will not come to him. He

must live to be one of the last Dons. The defeats of Mexico sadden and

embitter him. General Scott is fighting up to the old palaces of the

Montezumas with his ever victorious army.

In these stormy winter days, when the sheeted rain drives down from the

pine-clad Sierras, Donna Juanita day by day turns her passive face in

mute inquiry to the padre. She has the sense of a new burden to bear.

Her narrow nature contracts yet a little with a sense of wounded native

pride.

In all her wedded years her martial lord has always returned in victory.

Fandango and feast, "baile" and rejoicings, have made the woodland

echoes ring.

The growing Dolores mopes in the lonely mansion. She demands her absent

father daily.

Before the troopers of Lagunitas return with their humbled chieftain,

a squad of mounted American volunteers ride up and take possession.

For the first time in its history the foreigner is master here, Though

personally unknown to these mixed revolutionists, Maxime Valois is free

to go in safety.

While he makes acquaintance with his fellow "patriots," the advance

riders of Don Miguel announce his home-coming. It is a sad day when the

Commandante dismounts at his own door. There is a sentinel there. He

lives to be only a sullen, brooding protest in the face of an accidental

progress.

Standing on his porch he can see the "mozos," under requisition,

gathering up his choicest horses by the fifties. They are destined for

the necessary remount of the victors.

After greeting his patient helpmeet, henceforth to be the partner of his

sorrows, he sends for the padre and his major-domo. He takes on himself

the only dignity left to his defeated pride, practical self-isolation.

He bears in his bosom this rankling thorn--the hated Fremont he rode

out to bring in a captive, is now "His Excellency John C. Fremont," the

first American governor of California.

With his flocks and herds scattered, his cattle and horses under heavy

requisition, his cup is full. He moodily curses the Gringo, and wishes

that the rifle-ball which wounded him at San Gabriel had reached the

core of his proud old heart.

From all sides come fugitives with news of the Americanization of the

towns. The inland communities are reorganized. His only friend is

the Padre, to whose patient ear he confides the story of the hopeless

campaign. With prophetic pessimism he sees the downfall of the native

families.

Three months have made Larkin, Redding, Ide, Sutter, Semple, Merritt,

Bidwell, Leese, and Lassen the leading men of the day. The victorious

military and naval chiefs, Sloat, Stockton, Montgomery, Fremont,

Kearney, Halleck, and Gillespie are now men of history. All the

functions of government are in the hands of American army or navy

officers. The fall of the beloved Mexican banner is as light and

unmarked as the descent of the drifting pine-needles torn from the

swaying branches of the storm-swept forest kings around him.

His settled gloom casts a shadow over Lagunitas. The padre has lost his

scholars. The converts of the dull Indian tribes have fled to the hills,

leaving the major-domo helpless. All is in domestic anarchy. At last the

volunteers are leaving.

When the detachment is ready to depart, Maxime Valois is puzzled. The

Mexican War raging, prevents his homeward voyage as planned. It will be

months before the war vessels will sail. If allowed to embark on them,

he will be left, after doubling Cape Horn, a stranger in the north,

penniless. Why not stay?

Yet the shelter of Lagunitas is his no more. The maddened Don will not

see an American on the bare lands left to him. His herds and flocks are

levied on to feed the troops.

Many an hour does the youth confer with Fran‡ois Ribaut. The priest is

dependent on his patron. The Church fabric is swept away, for Church and

state went down together. With only one friend in the State, Valois must

now quit his place of enforced idleness.

The meagre news tells him the Fremont party is scattered. He has no

claims on the American Government. But Fremont has blossomed into a

governor. He will seek him. Happily, while Maxime Valois deliberates,

the question decides itself. He is offered the hospitality of an escort

back to Santa Clara, from whence he can reach Monterey, San Francisco,

or Los Angeles. In the new State no present avenues are open to a

castaway. His education is practically useless. He is forced to consider

the question of existence. The utmost Padre Francisco can do is to

provide him horse and gear. A few Mexican dollars for the road are not

lacking. The lot of fate is drawn for him by necessity. For the present

he must be a Californian. He cannot leave until the future provides the

means.

When the vigil of the departure comes, the young man is loath to leave

his friend. In their companionship they have grown dear to each other.

The camp of the volunteers is ready for the next day's march. At their

last dinner, the simple cheer of the native wine and a few cigaritos is

all the padre can display.

"Maxime, listen. You are young and talented," the padre begins. "I see

a great community growing up here, This is a land of promise. The

termination of the war ends all tumult. Your fleet holds the coast.

Mexico seems to be under the talons of your eagle. Your nation is

aggressive. It is of high mechanical skill. Your people will pour into

this land and build here a great empire. Your busy Yankees will never

be satisfied with the skeleton wealth of a pastoral life. They will dig,

hew, and build. These bays and rivers will be studded with cities. Go,

my dear friend, to Yerba Buena. I will give you letters to the fathers

of the Mission Dolores. Heaven will direct you after you arrive. You

can communicate with me through them. I shall remain here as long as my

charge continues. If driven out, I shall trust God to safely guide me

to France. When I am worn out, I shall die in peace under the shadows of

Notre Dame."

At the hour of mass Maxime kneels to receive the blessing of the Church.

The volunteers are in the saddle. It is the man, not the priest, who

embraces the freed "pathfinder." Valois' eyes are dim with tears as he

waves the adieu to the missionary. Not a word does Don Miguel vouchsafe

to the departing squad. The aversion of the dwellers in Lagunitas is as

great as their chief's.

Maxime joins the escort on the trail. Runaway sailors, voyageurs, stray

adventurers are they--queer flotsam on the sea of human life. He learns

from them the current stories of the day. He can trace in the mysterious

verbal "order to return," and that never-produced "packet" given to

Fremont by Gillespie, a guiding influence from afar. The appearance of

the strong fleet and the hostilities of Captain Fremont are mysteriously

connected. Was it from Washington these wonders were worked? As they

march, unopposed, over the alamedas of San Joaquin, bearing toward the

Coast Range, they pass under overhanging Mount Diablo. The Louisianian

marvels at the sudden change of so many peaceful explorers into

conquering invaders. Valois suspects Senator Benton of intrigues toward

western conquest. He knows not that somewhere, diplomatically lost

between President Polk and Secretaries Buchanan, Marcy, and Bancroft,

is the true story of this seizure of California. Gillespie's orders were

far in advance of any Mexican hostilities. The fleet and all the actions

of the State, War, and Navy departments prove that some one in high

place knew the Pacific Coast would be subdued and held.

Was it for slavery's added domains these glorious lands were destined?

Maxime is only a pawn in that great game of which the annexation of

Texas, the Mexican War, and California conquest are moves.

Wise, subtle, far-seeing, and not over-scrupulous, the leaders of

southern sentiment, with prophetic alarm, were seeking to neutralize

free-State extension in the Northwest. They wished to link the warmer

climes, newly acquired, to the Union by negro chains. Joying in his

freedom, eager to meet the newer phases of Californian life under the

stars and stripes, Valois rides along. Restored in health, and with the

light heart and high hopes of twenty, he threads the beautiful mountain

passes; for the first time he sees the royal features of San Francisco

Bay, locked by the Golden Gates.

BOOK II.

GOLD FOR ALL.--A NEW STAR IN THE FLAG.

CHAPTER V.

THE GOLDEN MAGNET.--FREE OR SLAVE?

Maxine Valois marvels not that the old navigators missed the Golden

Gate. It was easy to pass the land-locked bay, with its arterial rivers,

the Sacramento and San Joaquin. Fate hung a foggy curtain on the outside

bar. Greenest velvet sward now carpets the Alameda hills. It is a balmy

March day of 1847. The proceeds of his horse and trappings give the

youth less than a hundred dollars--his whole fortune.

The Louisianian exile, with the world before him, is now a picture of

manly symmetry. Graceful, well-knit physique, dark hair and eyes, and

his soft, impassioned speech, betray the Franco-American of the

Gulf States. While gazing on the glories of Tamalpais and the wooded

mountains of Marin, he notes the little mission under the Visitacion

hills. It's a glorious scene. All the world's navies can swing at ease

in this superb bay. The only banner floating here is the ensign at the

peak of the frigate Portsmouth. Interior wanderings give him a glimpse

of the vast areas controlled by this noble sheet of water. Young and

ardent, with a superior education, he may be a ruling spirit of the

new State now about to crystallize. His studies prove how strangely the

finger of Fortune points. It turned aside the prows of Captain Cook, La

Perouse, Vancouver, and the great Behring, as well as the bold

Drake, who tarried within a day's sail at his New Albion. Frenchman,

Englishman, and Russian have been tricked by the fairy goddess of the

mist. The Golden Gates in these later days are locked by the Yankees

from the inside.

Leaping from the boat, Valois tosses his scanty gear on the strand.

It is a deep, curving bay, in later years to be covered with stately

palaces of commerce, far out to where the Portsmouth now lies.

A few huts make up the city of Yerba Buena. Reflecting on his status, he

dares not seek the alcalde, Lieut. Washington Bartlett of the navy.

From his escort he has heard of the many bickerings which have involved

Sloat, Stockton, Fremont, and Kearney.

Trusting to Padre Francisco's letters, he hires a horse of a loitering

half-breed. This native pilots him to the mission.

The priests receive him with open arms. They are glad for news of

their brother of the Sierras. Maxime installs himself as a guest of the

priests. Some current of life will bear him onward--whither he knows

not.

Idle days run into weeks. A motley five or six hundred whites have

gathered. The alcalde begins to fear that the town limits are crowded.

None of the wise men of the epoch dare to dream that in less than three

years two hundred vessels will lie tossing, deserted in the bay; that

the cove will be filled with ships from the four corners of the earth in

five years.

Frowning hills and rolling sand dunes are to be thrown bodily into the

reentrant bay. They are future coverings for sunken hulks. Where for

twenty square miles coyote and fox now howl at night, the covert oaks

and brambles will be shaved off to give way to a city, growing like a

cloud-land vision.

Active and energetic, Valois coasts down to Monterey. He finds Fremont

gone, already on his way east. His soldier wrists are bound with the red

tape of arrest. The puppet of master minds behind the scenes, Fremont

has been a "pathfinder" for others.

Riding moodily, chafing in arrest, at the rear of the overland column,

the explorer receives as much as Columbus, Pizarro, or Maluspina

did--only obloquy. It is the Nemesis of disgrace, avenging the outraged

and conquered Californians.

A dark shade of double dealing hangs around the glories of the capture

of California. The methods used are hardly justified, even by the

national blessings of extension to this ocean threshold of Asian trade.

The descent was planned at Washington to extend the domineering slave

empire of the aspiring South. The secret is out. The way is clear for

the surplus blacks of the South to march in chains to the Pacific under

the so-called "flag of freedom."

Valois discovers at Monterey that no man of the staff of the

"Pathfinder" will be made an official pet, They are all proscribed. The

early fall finds him again under the spell of the bells of the Mission

Dolores. Whither to turn he knows not.

Averse to manual labor, like all Creoles, the lad decides to seek a

return passage on some trader. This will be hardly possible for months.

The Christmas chimes of 1848 sound sadly on his ears.

With no home ties but his uncle, his memories of the parents, lost

in youth, fade away. He feels the bitterness of being a stranger in

a strange land. He is discouraged with an isolated western empire

producing nothing but hides and tallow. He shares the general opinion

that no agriculture can succeed in this rainless summer land of

California. Hardly a plough goes afield. On the half-neglected ranchos

the owners of thousands of cattle have neither milk nor butter. Fruits

and vegetables are unattainable. The mission grapes, olives, and oranges

have died out by reason of fourteen years' neglect. The mechanic arts

are absent. What shall the harvest of this idle land be?

Valois knows the interior Indians will never bear the strain of

development. Lazy and ambitionless, they are incapable of uniting their

tribal forces. Alas for them! They merely cumber the ground.

At the end of January, 1848, a wild commotion agitates the hamlet of San

Francisco. The cry is "Gold! Gold everywhere!" The tidings are at first

whispered, then the tale swells to a loud clamor. In the stampede for

the interior, Maxime Valois is borne away. He seeks the Sacramento, the

Feather, the Yuba, and the American. He too must have gold.

A general hegira occurs. Incoming ships, little settlements, and

the ranches are all deserted, for a wondrous golden harvest is being

gleaned. The tidings go forth over the whole earth. Sail and steam,

trains of creaking wagons, troops of hardy horsemen, are all bent

Westward Ho! Desertion takes the troops and sailors from camp and fleet

pell-mell to the Sacramento valley. A shabby excrescence of tent and

hut swells Yerba Buena to a town. In a few months it leaps into a city's

rank. Over the prairies, toward the sandy Humboldt, long emigrant trains

are crawling toward the golden canyons of the Sierras. The restless

blood of the Mexican War pours across the Gila deserts and the sandy

wastes of the Colorado.

The Creole boy learns that he, too, can work with pick, pan, cradle,

rocker, at the long tom, sluice, and in the tunnel drift. The world is

mad for gold. New York and New Orleans pour shiploads of adventurers in

by Panama and Nicaragua. Sailing vessels from Europe, fleets around the

Horn, vessels from Chile, Mexico, Sandwich Islands, and Australia crowd

each other at the Golden Gates.

In San Francisco six months show ten thousand madmen. Tent, hut, shanty,

shed, even pretentious houses appear. Uncoined nuggets, glittering gold

dust in grains and powder, prove the harvest is real.

The Indians and lazy Californians are crowded out of the diggings. The

superior minds among the priests and rancheros can only explain the long

ignorance of the gold deposits by the absolute brutishness of the

hill tribes. Their knowledge of metals was absolutely nothing. Beyond

flint-headed spears, their bows and arrows, and a few mats, baskets, and

skin robes, they had no arts or useful handicraft. Starving in a land of

plenty, their tribal career never lifted itself a moment from the level

of the brute. And yet gold was the Spaniards' talisman.

The Mexican-descended rancheros should have looked for gold. The

traditions even indicated it. Their hold on the land was only in the

footprints of their horses and cattle.

Had the priests ever examined the interior, had a single military

expedition explored the State with care, the surface gold deposits must

have been stumbled on.

It remains an inexplicable fact, that, as early as 1841, gold was found

in the southern part of the State. In 1843, seventy-five to one hundred

ounces of dust were obtained from the Indians, and sent to Boston via

the Sandwich Island trading ships. Keen old Sir Francis Drake's reports

to good Queen Bess flatly spoke of these yellow treasures. They, too,

were ignored. English apathy! Pouring in from the whole world, bursting

in as a flood of noisy adventurers on the stillness of the lazy land of

the Dons, came the gold hunters of California.

Already, in San Francisco, drinking booth, gambling shop, and haunts of

every villany spring up--the toadstools of a night.

Women throng in to add the incantations of the daughters of Sin to

this mad hurly-burly. Handsome Mexicans, lithe Chilenas, escaped female

convicts, and women of Australia were reinforced by the adventuresses of

New Orleans, Paris, New York, and Liverpool--a motley crowd of Paphian

dames.

Maxime Valois, reaching Suiter's Fort by a launch, falls in with a lank

Missouri lad. His sole property in the world is a rifle and his Pike

county name of Joe Woods. A late arrival with a party of Mexican war

strays, his age and good humor cause the Creole to take him as valuable,

simply because one and one make two. He is a good-humored raw lad.

Together in the broiling sun, half buried under bank or in the

river-beds, they go through the rough evolution of the placer miner's

art.

The two thousand scattered foreigners of the State are ten thousand

before the year is out. Through the canyons, troops of gold seekers now

wander. Sacramento's lovely crystal waters, where the silvery salmon

leap, are tinged with typical yellow colors, deepening every month.

Tents give way to cabins; pack trains of mules and horses wind slowly

over the ridges. Little towns dot the five or six river regions where

the miners toil, and only the defeated are idle.

From San Diego to Sonoma the temporary government is paralyzed. It loses

all control except the fulmination of useless orders.

Local organization occurs by the pressure of numbers. Quaint names and

queer local institutions are born of necessity.

At San Francisco the tower of Babel is duplicated. Polyglot crowds

arrive in the craziest craft. Supplies of every character pour in. Shops

and smiths, workmen of all trades, appear. Already an old steamboat

wheezes on the Sacramento River. Bay Steamers soon vex the untroubled

waters of the harbor. They appear as if by magic.

A fever by day, a revel by night, San Francisco is a caravansera of all

nations. The Argonauts bring with them their pistols and Bibles, their

whiskey and women, their morals and murderers. Crime and intrigues

quickly crop out. The ready knife, and the compact code of Colonel Colt

in six loaded chapters, are applied to the settlement of all quarrels.

While Valois blisters his hands with the pick and shovel, a matchless

strain of good blood is also pouring westward. Young and daring men,

even professional scholars, cool merchants, able artisans, and good

women hopeful of a golden future, come with men finally able to dragoon

these varied masses into order.

Regular communications are established, presses set up, and even

churches appear. Post-office, banks, steamer and freight lines spring up

within the year of the reign of gold. Disease raises its fevered head,

and the physician appears by magic. The human maelstrom settles into an

ebb and flood tide to and from the mines.

All over California keen-eyed men from the West and South begin to

appropriate land. The Eastern and Middle States pilgrims take up trades

and mechanical occupations. All classes contribute recruits to the

scattered thousands of miners. Greedy officials and sly schemers

begin to prey on the vanishing property rights of the Dons. A strange,

unsubstantial social fabric is hastily reared. It clusters around the

western peaks by the Golden Gate.

Missouri, Texas, Arkansas, and Louisiana are sending great contingents.

Mere nearness, with a taste for personal adventure, causes the southern

border element to brave the overland journey. The northwestern overland

travellers are more cautious. They have longer roads to drag over. They

come prepared for farming or trade, as well as rude mining. As soon

as the two lines of Eastern steamers are established, the Eastern and

Middle States send heavy reinforcements. They are largely traders or

permanent settlers. From the first day, the ambitious, overbearing

men of the slave States take the lead in politics. They look to the

extension of their gloomy "institution," negro slavery.

Valois keeps much to himself. Resolutely he saves his golden gleanings.

He avoids the gambling tables and dance-houses. Joe Woods works like a

horse, from mere acquisitiveness. He fondly looks back to a certain

farm in Missouri, where he would fain squire it when rich. Public rumor

announces the great hegira of gold seekers. The rush begins. Horse

stealing, quarrels over claims, personal encounters, rum's lunacy, and

warring opinion cause frequent bloody affrays.

Already scattered mounds rudely marked prove the reign of grim King

Death. His dark empire stretches even here unstayed, unchallenged.

Winter approaches; its floods drive the miners out of the river beds.

Joe Woods has aggregated several Pike County souls, whose claims adjoin

those of the two young associates. Wishing to open communication with

Judge Valois at Belle Etoile, Maxime ceases work. He must recruit for

hardships of the next season. He leaves all in the hands of "partner

Joe," who prefers to camp with his friends, now the "Missouri Company."

Valois is welcome at the Mission Dolores. He can there safely deposit

his splendid savings.

Provided with ample funds of gold dust, in heavy buckskin sacks, to send

up winter supplies, Valois secures his half of the profits. It is in

rudely sealed tin cans of solid gold dust. He is well armed and in good

company. He gladly leaves the human bee-hive by the terrific gorges of

the American River. He has now learned every trick of the mines. By pack

train his treasure moves down to Sacramento. Well mounted, Maxime is

the companion of a score of similarly fortunate returning miners. Name,

nationality, and previous history of these free lances of fortune have

been dropped, like Christian's bundle, on climbing these hills. Every

man can choose for himself a new life here, under the spicy breezes of

the Sierras. He is a law unto himself.

The young gold hunter sees, amazed, a cantonment of ten thousand

people at the bay. He safely conveys his treasure to the priests at

the mission. They are shaken from slumber of their religious routine

by eager Argonauts. Letters from Padre Francisco at Lagunitas prove the

formation of bands of predatory Mexicans. These native Californians

and Indian vagabonds are driving away unguarded stock. They mount their

fierce banditti on the humbled Don's best horses. Coast and valley

are now deserted and ungoverned. The mad rush for gold has led the men

northward.

No one dreams as yet of the great Blue Cement lead, which, from Sierra

to Mariposa, is to unbosom three hundred millions from the beds of the

old, covered geologic rivers. Ten thousand scratch in river bank and

bed for surface gold. Priest and layman, would-be scientist and embryo

experts, ignore the yellow threaded quartz veins buttressing the great

Sierras. He would be a madman now who would think that five hundred

millions will be pounded out of the rusty rocks of these California

hills in less than a score of years.

The toilers have no curiosity as to the origin or mother veins of the

precious metal sought.

Maxime Valois sits under the red-tiled porches of the mission in

January, 1849. He has despatched his first safe consignment of letters

to Belle Etoile. He little cares for the events which have thrown the

exhaustless metal belt of the great West into the reserve assets of the

United States. He knows not it is destined within fifty years to be

the richest land in the world. The dark schemes of slavery's lord-like

statesmen have swept these vast areas into our map. The plotters have

ignored the future colossal returns of gold, silver, copper, and lead.

Not an American has yet caught the real value of the world's most

extensive forests of pine and redwood. They clothe these western slopes

with graceful, unmutilated pageantry of green.

Fisheries and fields which promise great gains are passed unnoticed. It

is a mere pushing out of boundary lines, under the political aggression

of the South.

Even Benton, cheering the departing thousands Westward, grumbles in the

Senate of the United States, on January 26, 1840. As the official news

of the gold discoveries is imparted, the wise senators are blind in

the sunlight of this prosperity. "I regret that we have these mines

in California," Benton says; "but they are there, and I am in favor of

getting rid of them as soon as possible." Wise senator!

Neither a prophet nor the son of a prophet is he. He cannot see that

these slighted mines in the future will be the means of sustaining our

country's credit in a great war. This gold and silver will insure the

construction of the overland railroads. The West and Northwest, sealed

to the Union by bands of steel, will be the mainstay of the land. They

will equalize a broader, grander Union than he ever dreamed of.

Benton little thinks he has found the real solution of the wearying

strife of North and South. Turning the surplus population of these

bitterly opposed sections to the unpeopled West solves the problem. His

son-in-law, Governor Fremont, has been a future peacemaker as well as

a bold pathfinder. For it is on the track of Fremont that thousands

are now tramping west. Their wheels are bearing the household gods.

Civilization to be is on the move. Gold draws these crowds. The gulfs of

the Carribean, even the lonely straits of Magellan and the far Pacific,

are furrowed now by keels seeking the happy land where plentiful gold

awaits every daring adventurer. Martinet military governors cannot

control this embryo empire. Already in Congress bills are introduced to

admit California into the Union. A rising golden star glitters in the

West; it is soon to gild the flag of the Union with a richer radiance.

Great leaders of the sovereign people struggle at Washington in keen

debate, inspired by the hostile sections of the Union. They quarrel over

the slavery interests in the great West. Keen Tom Corwin, loyal Dix,

astute Giddings, Douglass the little giant, and David Wilmot fight

freedom's battle with the great apostle of State rights, Calhoun. He is

supported by President Polk, the facile Secretary of State Buchanan, and

that dark Mississippi man of destiny, Jefferson Davis. The fiery Foote

and all the ardent knights of the day champion the sunny South. Godlike

Daniel Webster pours forth for freedom some of his greatest utterances.

William H. Seward, prophet, seer, statesman, and patriot, with noble

inspirations cheers on freedom's army. Who shall own bright California,

the bond or the free? While these great knights of our country's round

table fight in the tourney of the Senate over this golden prize, Benton

sends back the "pathfinder" Fremont. He is now freed from the army by an

indignant resignation. He bears a letter to Benton's friends in the West

to organize the civil community and prepare a constitution.

While Valois watches for news, the buds and blossoms of early spring

call him back to the American River. The bay whitens with the sails of

arriving thousands. Political combinations begin everywhere. Two years

have made Fremont, Kearney, Colonel Mason, General P. F. Smith, and

General Bennett Riley temporary military governors. Maxime leaves with

ample stores; he rejoins the "Missouri Company," already reaping the

golden harvest of the golden spring.

Sage counsel reaches him from Padre Francisco. He hears with delight of

the youth's success in the mines. The French missionary, with a natural

love of the soil, advises Valois to buy lands as soon as good titles can

be had.

The Mexican War ends in glory to the once despised Gringos. Already the

broad grants of the Dons are coveted by the officials of the military

regency. Several of the officers have already served themselves better

than their country. The entanglements of a new rule amount to practical

confiscation of the lands of the old chieftains. What they saved from

the conqueror is destined later to fatten greedy lawyers.

The spoliated Church is avenged upon the heirs of those who worked its

temporal ruin. For here, while mad thousands delve for the gold of their

desire, the tramping feet of uncontrolled hosts are heard at the gates

of the Sierras. When the fleets give out their hordes of male and

female adventurers, there is no law but that of force or duplicity; no

principle but self-interest. Virtue, worth, and desert meekly bow to

strength. Wealth in its rudest form of sacks of uncoined gold dust rules

the hour.

The spring days lengthen into summer. Maxime Valois recoils from

the physical toil of the rocky bars of the American. His nature is

aristocratic; his youthful prejudices are averse to hand work. Menial

attendance, though only upon himself, is degrading to him. The rough

life of the mines becomes unbearable. A Southerner, par excellence, in

his hatred of the physical familiarity of others, he avails himself of

his good fortune to find a purchaser for his interests. The stream of

new arrivals is a river now, for the old emigrant road of Platte and

Humboldt is delivering an unending human current. Past the eastern

frontier towns of Missouri, the serpentine trains drag steadily west;

their camp fires glitter from "St. Joe" to Fort Bridger; they shine on

the summit lakes of the Sierras, where Donner's party, beset in deepest

snows, died in starvation. They were a type of the human sacrifices of

the overland passage. Skeletons dot the plains now.

By flood and desert, under the stroke of disease, by the Indian tomahawk

and arrow, with every varied accident and mishap, grim Death has taken

his ample toll along three thousand miles. Sioux and Cheyenne, Ute

and Blackfoot, wily Mormon, and every lurking foe have preyed as human

beasts on the caravans. These human fiends emulate the prairie wolf and

the terrific grizzly in thirst for blood.

The gray sands of the burning Colorado desert are whitening with the

bones of many who escaped Comanche and Apache scalping knives, only to

die of fatigue.

By every avenue the crowd pours in. Valois has extended his acquaintance

with the leading miners. He is aware of the political organization about

to be effected. He has now about forty thousand dollars as his share of

gold dust. An offer of thirty thousand more for his claim decides him to

go to San Francisco. He is fairly rich. With that fund he can, as soon

as titles settle, buy a broad rancho. His active mind suggests the

future values of the building lots in the growing city.

He completes the rude formalities of his sale, which consist of signing

a bill of sale of his mining claim, and receiving the price roughly

weighed out in gold. He hears that a convention is soon to organize the

State. On September 1, 1849, at Monterey, the civil fabric of government

will be planned out.

Before he leaves he is made a delegate. Early July, with its tropical

heat, is at hand. The camp on the American is agitated by the necessity

of some better form of government. Among others, Philip Hardin of

Mississippi, a lawyer once, a rich miner now, is named as delegate.

At Sacramento a steamer is loaded to the gunwales with departing

voyagers. Maxime meets some of his fellow delegates already named.

Among them is Hardin of Mississippi. Philip Hardin is a cool, resolute,

hard-faced man of forty. A lawyer of ability, he has forged into

prominence by sheer superiority. The young Creole is glad to meet

some one who knows his beloved New Orleans. As they glide past the

willow-shaded river banks, the two Southerners become confidential over

their cigars.

Valois learns, with surprise, that President Polk sent the polished

Slidell confidentially to Mexico in 1846, and offered several millions

for a cession of California. He also wanted a quit-claim to Texas. This

juggling occurred before General Taylor opened the campaign on the Rio

Grande. In confidential relations with Sidell, Hardin pushed over to

California as soon as the result of the war was evident. Ambitious

and far-seeing, Philip Hardin unfolds the cherished plan of extending

slavery to the West. It must rule below the line of the thirty-sixth

parallel. Hardin is an Aaron Burr in persuasiveness. By the time the

new friends reach San Francisco, Maxime has found his political mentor.

Ambition spurs him on.

Wonders burst upon their eyes. Streets, business houses and hotels,

dwellings and gaudy places of resort, are spread over the rolling

slopes. Valois has written his friends at the mission to hold his

letters. He hastens away to deposit his treasures and gain news of the

old home in the magnolia land.

Hardin has the promise of the young Louisianian to accompany him to

Monterey. A preliminary conference of the southern element in the

convention is arranged. They must give the embryo State a pro-slavery

constitution. He busies himself with gaining a thorough knowledge of the

already forming cabals. Power is to be parcelled out, places are to be

filled. The haughty Mississippian cares more for this excitement than

digging for mere inert treasure. His quick eye catches California's

splendid golden star in the national constellation.

Valois finds he must wait the expected letters. He decides to take no

steps as to investment until the civil power is stable.

With a good mustang he rides the peninsula thoroughly. He visits the

old Presidio on the outskirts of the growing city. He rides far over the

pass of Lake Merced, to where the broken gap in the coast hills leaves a

natural causeway for the railway of the future.

Philip Hardin, fisher of men, is keeping open house near the plaza.

Already his rooms are the headquarters of the fiery chivalry of the

South. Day by day Valois admires the self-assertion of the imperious

lawyer. The Mississippian has already plotted out the situation. He is

concert with leaders like himself, who are looking up and drawing in

their forces for the struggle at the convention.

Valois becomes familiar with the heads of the Northern opposition. Able

and sturdy chiefs are already marshalling the men who come from the

lands of the northern pine to meet in the peaceful political arena the

champions of the palmetto land. Maxime's enthusiasm mounts. The young

Southerner feels the pride of his race burning in his veins.

In his evening hours, under the oaks of the Mission Dolores, he bears

to the calm priests his budget of port and town. He tells of the new

marvellous mines, of the influx of gold hunters. He cannot withhold his

astonishment that the priesthood should not have discovered the gold

deposits. The astute clergy inform him calmly that for years their

inner circles have known of considerable gold in the possession of the

Indians. It was a hope of the Church that some fortunate turn of Mexican

politics might have restored their sway. Alas! It was shattered in 1834

by the relentless Hijar.

"Hijo mio!" says an old padre. "We knew since 1838 that gold was dug

at Franscisquita canyon in the south. If we had the old blessed days of

Church rule, we could have quietly controlled this great treasure

field. But this is now the land of rapine and adventure. First, the old

pearl-fishers in the gulf of California; then the pirates lurking along

the coast, watching the Philippine galleons. When your Americans overran

Texas, and commenced to pour over the plains here, we knew all was

lost. Your people have fought a needless war with Mexico; now they are

swarming in here--a godless race, followed by outcasts of the whole of

Europe. There is no law here but the knife and pistol. Your hordes now

arriving have but one god alone--gold."

The saddened old padre sighs as he gathers his breviary and beads,

seeking his lonely cloister. He is a spectre of a day that is done.

CHAPTER VI.

LIGHTING FREEDOM'S WESTERN LAMP.

Bustling crowds confuse Valois when he rides through San Francisco next

day. One year's Yankee dominion shows a progress greater than the two

hundred and forty-six years of Spanish and Mexican ownership. The

period since Viscaino's sails glittered off Point Reyes has been only

stagnation.

Seventy-three years' droning along under mission rule has ended in

vain repetition of spiritual adjurations to the dullard Indians. To-day

hammer and saw, the shouts of command, the din of trade, the ships of

all nations, and the whistle, tell of the new era of work. The steam

engine is here. The age of faith is past. "Laborare est orare" is the

new motto. Adios, siesta! Enter, speculation.

Dreamy-eyed senoritas in amazement watch the growing town. Hundreds are

throwing the drifted sand dunes into the shallow bay to create level

frontage. Swarthy riders growl a curse as they see the lines of city lot

fences stretching toward the Presidio, mission, and potrero.

Inventive Americans live on hulks and flats, anchored over water lots.

The tide ebbs and flows, yet deep enough to drown the proprietors on

their own tracts, purchased at auction of the alcalde as "water lots."

Water lots, indeed! Twenty years will see these water lots half a mile

inland.

Masonry palaces will find foundations far out beyond where the old CYANE

now lies. Her grinning ports hold Uncle Sam's hushed thunder-bolts. It

is the downfall of the old REGIME.

Shed, tent, house, barrack, hut, dug-out, ship's cabin--everything which

will cover a head from the salt night fog is in service. The Mexican

adobe house disappears. Pretentious hotels and storehouses are quickly

run up in wood. The mails are taking orders to the East for completed

houses to come "around the Horn." Sheet-iron buildings are brought from

England. A cut stone granite bank arrives in blocks from far-off China.

Vessels with flour from Chile, goods from Australia, and supplies from

New York and Boston bring machinery and tools. Flour, saw, and grist

mills are provided. Every luxury is already on the way from Liverpool,

Bordeaux, Havre, Hamburg, Genoa, and Glasgow. These vessels bring swarms

of natives of every clime. They hasten to a land where all are on an

equal footing of open adventure, a land where gold is under every foot.

Without class, aristocracy, history, or social past, California's

"golden days" are of the future.

Strange that in thirty years' residence of the sly Muscovites at Fort

Ross, in the long, idle leisure of the employees of the Hudson Bay

station at Yerba Buena Cove from 1836 to 1846, even with the astute

Swiss Captain Sutter at New Helvetia, all capacities of the fruitful

land have been so strangely ignored.

The slumber of two hundred and fifty years is over. Frenchman, Russian,

Englishman, what opiate's drowsy charms dulled your eager eyes so

long here? Thousands of miles of virgin lands, countless millions of

treasures, royal forests and hills yet to grow under harvest of olive

and vine--all this the mole-like eyes of the olden days have never seen.

Even the Mormons acted with the supine ignorance of the foreigners. They

scorned to pick this jewel up. Judicious Brigham Young from the Great

Salt Lake finally sends emissaries to spy and report. Like the wind

his swift messengers go east to divert strong battalions of the Mormon

converts from Europe, under trusted leaders, to San Francisco. Can he

extend his self-built empire to the Pacific Slope? Brigham may be a new

Mahomet, a newer Napoleon, for he has the genius of both.

Alas! when the Mormon bands arrive, Sam Brannard, their leader, abandons

the new creed of "Mormon" for the newer creed of "Mammon." He becomes a

mercantile giant. The disciples scatter as gold-seekers. California is

lost to the Mormons. Even so! Fate, providence, destiny, or some cold

evolution of necessary order, draws up the blue curtains of the West.

It pins them to our country's flag with a new, glittering star,

"California."

With eager interest Valois joins Philip Hardin. There is a social

fever in the air. His friends are all statesmen in this chrysalis of

territorial development. They are old hands at political intrigue. They

would modestly be senators, governors, and rulers. They would cheerfully

serve a grateful State.

A band of sturdy cavaliers, they ride out, down the bay shores. They

cross the Santa Clara and Salinas valleys toward Monterey.

Valois' easy means enable him to be a leader of the movement. It is to

give a constitution and laws to the embryo State.

Hardy men from the West and South are taking up lands. Cool traders are

buying great tracts. Temporary officials have eager eyes fixed on

the Mexican grants. At all the landings and along the new roads, once

trails, little settlements are springing up, for your unlucky argonaut

turns to the nearest avocation; inns, stables, lodging-houses and

trading-tents are waited on by men of every calling and profession. Each

wanderer turns to the easiest way of amassing wealth. The settlers must

devise all their own institutions. The Mexicans idly wrap their serapes

around them, and they avoid all contact with the hated foreigner. Beyond

watching their flocks and herds, they take no part in the energetic

development. Cigarito in mouth, card playing or watching the sports of

the mounted cavaliers are their occupations. Dismounted in future years,

these queer equestrian natures have never learned to fight the battle of

life on foot. The law of absorption has taken their sad, swarthy visages

out of the social arena.

The cavalcade of Southerners sweeps over the alamedas. They dash across

the Salinas and up to wooded Monterey. There the first constitutional

convention assembles.

Their delighted eyes have rested on the lovely Santa Cruz mountains, the

glorious meadows of Santa Clara, and the great sapphire bay of Monterey.

The rich Pajaro and Salinas valleys lie waiting at hand. Thinking

also of the wondrous wealth of the Sacramento and San Joaquin, of the

tropical glories of Los Angeles, Philip Hardin cries: "Gentlemen, this

splendid land is for us! We must rule this new State! We must be true to

the South!"

To be in weal and woe "true to the South" is close to the heart of every

cavalier in Philip Hardin's train.

The train arrives at Monterey, swelled by others faithful to that

Southern Cross yet to glitter on dark fields of future battle.

The treaty of Guadalupe Hidalgo closed a bloody Conflict on February 2,

1848. It is the preamble to a long struggle. It is destined in the West

to be bloodless until the fatal guns trained on Fort Sumter bellow out

their challenge to the great Civil War. It is only then the mighty pine

will swing with a crash against the palm.

Hardin knows that recruits, true of blood, are hastening to the new land

of El Dorado. As he leads his dauntless followers into Monterey his

soul is high. He sees the beloved South sweeping in victory westward

as proudly as her legions rolled over the fields of Monterey and Buena

Vista.

The convention assembles. All classes are represented on September 1,

1849. The first legal civil body is convoked west of the Rockies. Men of

thought are here. Men destined to be world-famous in the unknown future.

Settlers, hidalgos, traders, argonauts, government officials of army

and navy, and transient adventurers of no mean ability. A little press

already works with its magical talking types. A navy chaplain is the

Franklin of the West. Some order and decorum appear. The calm voice of

prayer is heard. The mingled amens of the conquerors thank God for a

most unjustifiable acquisition of the lands of others. They are ours

only by the right of the strong against the weak--the world's oldest

title.

The South leads in representative men. Ready to second the secret

desires of Polk, Buchanan, and Calhoun is the astute and courtly Gwin,

yet to be senator, duke of Sonora, and Nestor of his clan. Moore of

Florida, Jones of Louisiana, Botts, Burnett, and others are in line.

On the Northern side are Shannon, an adopted citizen; wise Halleck;

polished McDougall; gifted Edward Gilbert, and other distinguished

men--men worthy of the day and hour.

As independent members, Sutter, General Vallejo, Thomas O. Larkin, Dr.

Semple, Wright, Hastings, Brown, McCarver, Rodman S. Price, Snyder, and

others lend their aid. From the first day the advocates of slavery and

freedom battle in oratorical storm. The forensic conflict rages for

days; first on the matter of freedom, finally on that of boundary.

Freedom's hosts receive a glorious reinforcement in the arrival of John

C. Fremont.

After bitter struggles the convention casts the die for freedom. The

Constitution of the State is so adopted. While the publicists, led by

Fremont and Gwin, seek to raise the fabric of state, the traders and

adventurers, the hosts of miners springing to life under the chance

touch of James W. Marshall's finger, on January 24, 1848, are delving or

trading for gold.

Poor, ill-starred Marshall! He wanders luckless among the golden fields.

He gains no wealth. He toils as yet, unthinking of his days of old

age and lonely poverty. He does not look forward to being poor at

seventy-three years, and dying in 1885 alone. The bronze monument over

his later grave attests no fruition of his hopes. It only can show the

warm-hearted gratitude of children yet unborn, the Native Sons of the

Golden West. Cool old borderers like Peter Lassen, John Bidwell, P. B.

Redding, Jacob P. Leese, Wm. B. Ide, Captain Richardson, and others are

grasping broad lands as fair as the banks of Yarrow. They permit the

ill-assorted delegates to lay down rules for the present and laws for

the future. The State can take care of itself. Property-holders appear

and aid. Hensley, Henley, Bartlett, and others are cool and able. While

the Dons are solemnly complimented in the convention, their rights are

gracefully ignored.

The military governor, General Bennett Riley, stands back. He justly

does not throw his sword into the scales. Around him are rising men

yet to be heroes on a grander field of action than the mud floors of

a Monterey adobe. William T. Sherman, the only Northern American

strategist, is a lieutenant of artillery. Halleck, destined to be

commander-in-chief of a million men, is only a captain of engineers and

acting Secretary of State. Graceful, unfortunate, accomplished Charles

P. Stone is a staff officer. Ball's Bluff and Fort Lafayette are far in

the misty unknown.

The convention adjourns SINE DIE in October 13, 1849. It has settled the

great point of freedom on the Pacific Coast. It throws out the granite

Sierras as an eternal bulwark against advancing slavery. The black shame

is doomed never to cross the Rockies, and yet the great struggle for the

born nobility of manhood has been led by Shannon, an alien Irishman. The

proudest American blood followed Dr. Gwin's pro-slavery leading. The two

senators named are Gwin and the hitherto unrewarded Fremont. Wright and

Gilbert are the two congressmen. Honest Peter H. Burnett, on November

13, is elected the first governor of California. He is chosen by the

people, and destined to live to see nearly fifty years of peaceful

prosperity on the golden coast.

While this struggle is being waged on the Pacific, at Washington the

giant statesmen of those famous ante-bellum days close in bitter strife.

The political future of the great West, now known to be so rich, is

undecided. It is the desperate desire of the South to keep California

out of the Union, unless the part falling under the Wilmot proviso act

south of 36 deg 30 min is given to slavery.

The national funds to pay for the "Gadsden purchase" will be withheld

unless slavery can be extended. The great struggle brings out all the

olden heroes of the political arena. Benton, Webster, Clay, Calhoun,

Davis, King, Sam Houston, Foote, Seward, John Bell, and Douglas, are

given a golden prize to tourney for. In that press of good knights, many

a hard blow is struck. The victor and vanquished stand to-day, looming

gigantic on the dim horizon of the past. It is the dark before the dawn

of the War of the Rebellion.

It was before these days of degenerated citizenship, when the rising

tide of gold floats the corrupt millionnaire and syndicate's agent

into the Senate. The senator's toga then wrapped the shoulders of our

greatest men. No bonanza agents--huge moral deformities of heaped-up

gold--were made senatorial hunchbacks by their accidental millions.

No vulgar clowns dallied with the country's interests in those old days

when Greek met Greek. It was a gigantic duel of six leaders: Webster,

Seward, and Clay, pitted against Calhoun, Davis, and Foote. Pausing

to refresh their strength for the final struggle, the noise of battle

rolled away until the early days of 1850. California was kept out.

The delegates at Monterey hastened home to their exciting callings.

Philip Hardin saw the wished-for victory of the South deferred. Gnashing

his teeth in rage, he rode out of Monterey. Maxime Valois now is the

ardent "Faust" to whom he plays "Mephisto." His following had fallen

away. Hardin, cold, profound, and deep, was misunderstood at the

Convention. He wished to gain local control. He knew the overmastering

power of the pro-slavery administration would handle the main issue

later--if not in peace, then in war.

As the red-tiled roofs of Monterey fade behind them, Hardin unbosoms

himself to his young comrade. Maxime Valois has been a notable leader

in the Convention. He was eager and loyal to the South. He extended

many acquaintances with the proud chivalry element of the new State. His

short experience of public life feeds his rising ambition. He determines

to follow the law; the glorious profession which he laid aside to become

a pathfinder; the pathway to every civic honor.

"Valois," says Hardin, "these people are too short-sighted. Our

Convention leaders are failures. We should have ignored the slavery

fight as yet. Thousands of Southern voters are coming to us within six

months from the border States. Our friends from the Gulf are swarming

here. The President will fill all the Federal offices with sound

Southern Democrats. The army and navy will be in sympathy with us. With

a little management we could have got slavery as far as 36 deg 30 sec.

We could work it all over the West with the power of our party at the

North. We could have controlled the rest of this coast by the Federal

patronage, keeping the free part out of the Union as territories. Then

our balance of power would be stable. It is not a lost game. Wait! only

wait!"

Maxime agrees. Philip Hardin opens the young politician's eyes with a

great confidence.

"Maxime, I have learned to like you and depend on you. I will give you

a proof of it. We of the old school are determined to rule this country.

If Congress admits California as a free State, there will yet be a Lone

Star republic covering this whole coast. The South will take it by force

when we go out."

The Louisianian exclaims, "Secession!"

"Yes, war even. Rather war than the rule of the Northern mud-sill!"

cries Hardin, spurring his horse, instinctively. "Our leading men at

home are in thorough concert day by day. If the issue is forced on us

the whole South will surely go out. But we are not ready yet. Maxime,

we want our share of this great West. We will fill it with at least even

numbers of Southern men. In the next few years the West will be entirely

neutral in case of war or unless we get a fair division. If we re-elect

a Democrat as President we will save the whole West."

"War," muses Valois, as they canter down the rich slopes toward the

Salinas River, "a war between the men who have pressed up Cerro

Gordo and Chepultepec together! A war between the descendants of the

victorious brothers of the Revolution!" It seems cold and brutal to the

young and ardent Louisianian. An American civil war! The very idea seems

unnatural. "But will the Yankees fight?" queries Valois. Hardin replies

grimly: "I did not think we would even be opposed in this Convention.

They seemed to fight us pretty well here. They may fight in the

field--when it comes."

For Philip Hardin is a wise man. He never under-estimates his untried

enemy.

Valois smiles. He cannot control a sneer. The men who are lumber-hewers,

dirt-diggers, cod-fishers and factory operatives will never face the

Southern chivalry. He despises the sneaking Yankees. Traders in a

small way arouse all the arrogance of the planter. He cannot bring any

philosophy of the past to tell him that the straining, leaky Mayflower

was the pioneer of the stately American fleets now swarming on every

sea. The little wandering Boston bark, Otter, in 1796 found her way to

California. She was the harbinger of a mighty future marine control. The

lumbering old Sachem (of the same Yankee borough) in 1822 founded the

Pacific hide and tallow trade as an earnest of the sea control. Where

one Yankee shows the way thousands may follow, yet this Valois ignored

in his scorn of the man who works.

Maxime could not dream that the day could ever come when thousands of

Yankees would swarm over entrenchments, vainly held by the best blood of

the sunny South.

As the two gentlemen ride on, Hardin uses the confidential loneliness

of the trip to prove to the Creole that war and separation must finally

come.

"We want this rich land for ourselves and the South." The young man's

blood was up.

"I know the very place I want!" cries Valois.

He tells Hardin of Lagunitas, of its fertile lands sweeping to the San

Joaquin. He speaks of its grassy, rolling hills and virgin woods.

Philip Hardin learns of the dashing waters of the Merced and Mariposa on

either side. He hears of the glittering gem-like Lagunitas sparkling in

the bosom of the foot-hills. Valois recounts the wild legends, caught

up from priest and Indian, of that great, terrific gorge, the Yosemite.

Hardin allows much for the young man's wild fancy. The gigantic groves

of the big trees are only vaguely described. Yet he is thrilled.

He has already seen an emigrant who wandered past Mono Lake over the

great Mono notch in the Sierras. There it rises eleven thousand feet

above the blue Pacific--with Castle Dome and Cathedral Peak, grim

sentinels towering to the zenith.

"It must really be a paradise," muses Hardin.

"It is," cries the Creole; "I intend to watch that region. If money can

make it mine, I will toil to get it."

Philip Hardin, looking through half-closed eyes at Valois, decides to

follow closely this dashing adventurer. He will go far.

"Valois," he slowly says, "you have seen these native land-barons at the

Convention. A few came in to join us. The rest are hostile and bitter.

They can never stand before us. The whole truth is, the Mexican must go!

We stopped the war a little too soon here. They are now protected by the

treaty, but we will litigate them out of all their grants. Keep your

eye on Lagunitas. It may come into the market. Gold will be the fool's

beacon here for some time. These great valleys will yet be the real

wealth of the new State. Land is the rock of the wealth to come. Get

land, my boy!" he cries, with the lordly planter's instinct.

Valois admires the cold self-confidence of the sardonic Hardin. He opens

his heart. He leans upon the resolute Mississippian.

It takes little to make Maxime joyfully accept Philip Hardin's

invitation to share his office. They will follow the fortunes of the

city by the Golden Gates.

On riding down the Visitacion valley their eyes are greeted with the

sight of the first ocean steamers. A thousand new-comers throng the

streets.

Maxime finds a home in the abode of Hardin. His cottage stands on a

commanding lot, bought some time before.

Letters from "Belle Etoile" delight the wanderer. He learns of the

well-being of his friends. Judge Valois' advice to Maxime decides him to

cast his lot in with the new State. It is soon to be called California

by legal admission.

Philip Hardin is a leader of the embryo bar of the city. Courts, books,

two newspapers and the elements of a mercantile community are the newest

signs of a rapid crystallization toward order. With magic strides the

boundaries of San Francisco enlarge. Every day sees white-winged sails

fluttering. Higher rises the human tumult. From the interior mines,

excited reports carry away half the arrivals. They are eager to scoop

up the nuggets, to gather the golden dust. New signs attract the eye:

"Bank," "Hotel," "Merchandise," "Real Estate." Every craft and trade is

represented. It is the vision of a night.

Already a leader, Hardin daily extends his influence as man, politician,

and counsellor.

The great game is being played at the nation's capital for the last

sanction to the baptism of the new star in the flag.

California stands knocking at the gates of the Union, with

treasure-laden hands. In Congress the final struggle on admission drags

wearily on. Victorious Sam Houston of Texas, seconded by Jefferson

Davis, fresh laurelled from Buena Vista, urges the claims of slavery.

Foote "modestly" demands half of California, with a new slave State cut

out from the heart of blood-bought Texas. But the silver voice of Henry

Clay peals out against any extension of slave territory. Proud King of

Alabama appeals in vain to his brethren of the Senate to discipline the

two ambitious freemen of the West, by keeping them out of the Union.

Great men rally to the bugle notes of their mighty leaders.

The gallant son of the South, General Taylor, finds presidential honors

following his victories. In formal message he announces on February 13,

1850, to Congress that the new State waits, with every detail of first

organization, for admission.

Stern Calhoun, chief of the aspiring Southerners, proudly claims a

readjustment of the sectional equality thus menaced. Who shall dare to

lift the gauntlet thrown down by South Carolina's mighty chieftain?

In the hush of a listening Senate, Daniel Webster, the lion of the

North, sounds a noble defiance. "Slavery is excluded from California by

the law of nature itself," is his warning admonition.

With solemn brow, and deep-set eyes, flashing with the light of genius,

he appeals to the noblest impulses of the human heart. Breathless

senators thrill with his inspired words. "We would not take pains to

reaffirm an ordinance of nature," he cries, and, as his grave argument

touches the listeners, he reverently adds, "nor to re-enact the will of

God."

Mighty Seward rises also to throw great New York's gauntlet in the teeth

of slavery.

Taunted with its legal constitutional sanction, he exclaims grandly,

"There is a higher law than the Constitution."

Long years have passed since both the colossus of the North and the

great Governor entered into the unbroken silence of the grave. Their

immortal words ring still down the columned years of our country's

history. They appeal to noble sons to emulate the heroes of this great

conflict. Shall the slave's chains clank westward? No! Above the din

of commoner men, the logic of John Bell, calm and patriotic, brings

conviction. The soaring eloquence of Stephen A. Douglas claims the

Western shores for freedom.

Haughty Foote and steadfast Benton break lances in the arena.

Kentucky's greatest chieftain, whose gallant son's life-blood reddened

Buena Vista's field, marshals the immortal defenders of human liberty.

Henry Clay's paternal hand is stretched forth in blessing over the young

Pacific commonwealth. All vainly do the knights of the Southern Cross

rally around mighty Calhoun, as he sits high on slavery's awful throne.

Cold Davis, fiery Foote, ingenious Slidell, polished and versatile

Soule, ardent King, fail to withstand that mighty trio,

"Webster, Seward, and Clay," the immortal three. The death of the

soldier-President Taylor calms the clamor for a time. The struggle

shifts to the House. Patriotic Vinton, of Ohio, locks the door on

slavery. On the 9th day of September, 1850, President Millard Fillmore

signs the bill which limits the negro hunter to his cotton fields and

cane brakes at home. The representatives of the new State are admitted.

A new golden star shines unpolluted in the national constellation.

Westward the good news flies by steamer. All the shadows on California's

future are lifted.

While wearied statesmen rest from the bitter warfare of two long years,

from North and South thousands eagerly rush to the golden land.

The Southern and Border States send hosts of their restless youths.

From the Northwest sturdy freemen, farmers with families, toil toward

new homes under freedom's newest star. The East and Middle States are

represented by all their useful classes.

The news of California's admission finds Hardin and Valois already men

of mark in the Occidental city.

Disappointed at the issue, Hardin presses on to personal eminence; he

turns his energies to seeking honors in the legal forum.

Maxime Valois, quietly resuming his studies for the bar, guards his

funds, awaiting opportunity for investment. He burns the midnight oil in

deep studies. The two men wander over the growing avenues of the Babel

of the West. Every allurement of luxury, every scheme of vice, all the

arts of painted siren, glib knave, and lurking sharper are here; where

the game is, there the hunter follows. Rapidly arriving steamers pour

in hundreds. The camp followers of the Mexican war have streamed over

to San Francisco. The notable arrival of the steamer California brings

crowds of men, heirs to future fame, and good women, the moral salt of

the new city. It also has its New York "Bowery Boys," Philadelphia "Plug

Uglies," Baltimore "Roughs," and Albany "Strikers."

By day, new occupations, strange callings, and the labor of organizing

a business community, engage all men. The ebb and flow of going and

returning miners excite the daylight hours. From long wharves,

river steamers, laden to the gunwales, steam past the city shores to

Sacramento. At night, deprived of regular homes, the whole city wanders

in the streets, or crowds flashy places of amusement. Cramped on the

hilly peninsula, there are no social lines drawn between good and bad.

Each human being is at sea in a maelstrom of wild license.

The delegated representatives of the Federal Government soon arrive.

Power is given largely to the Southern element. While many of the

national officials are distinguished and able, they soon feel the

inspiring madness of unrebuked personal enjoyment.

Money in rough-made octagonal fifty-dollar slugs flows freely. Every

counter has its gold-dust scales. Dust is current by the ounce, half

ounce, and quarter ounce. The varied coins of the whole world pass

here freely. The months roll away to see, at the end of 1850, a wider

activity; there is even a greater excitement, a more pronounced madness

of dissipation. Speculation, enterprise, and abandonment of old creeds,

scruples, and codes, mark the hour.

The flying year has brought the ablest and most daring moral refugees

of the world to these shores, as well as steady reinforcements of worthy

settlers. Pouring over the Sierras, and dragging across the deserts, the

home builders are spreading in the interior. The now regulated business

circles, extending with wonderful elasticity, attract home and foreign

pilgrims of character. Though the Aspasias of Paris, New Orleans, and

Australia throng in; though New York sends its worthless womanhood

in floods, there are even now worthy home circles by the Golden Gate.

Church, school, and family begin to build upon solid foundations. All

the government bureaus are in working order. The Custom House is already

known as the "Virginia Poor House." The Post-Office and all Federal

places teem with the ardent, haughty, and able ultra Democrats of the

sunny South. The victory of the Convention bids fair to be effaced

in the high-handed control of the State by Southern men. As the rain

falleth on the just and unjust, so does the tide of prosperity enrich

both good and bad. Vice, quickly nourished, flaunts its early flowers.

The slower growth of virtue is yet to give golden harvest of gathered

sheaves in thousands of homes yet to be in the Golden State. Long after

the maddened wantons and noisy adventurers have gone the way of all

"light flesh and corrupt blood," the homes will stand. Sailing vessels

stream in from the ports of the world. On the narrow water-front,

Greek and Lascar, Chinaman and Maltese, Italian and Swede, Russian and

Spaniard, Chileno and Portuguese jostle the men of the East, South, and

the old country. Fiery French, steady German, and hot-headed Irish are

all here, members of the new empire by the golden baptism of the time.

Knife and revolver, billy and slung-shot, dirk and poniard, decide the

ARGUMENTUM AD HOMINEM.

In the enjoyment of fraternal relations with the leaders of the dominant

party East, Philip Hardin becomes a trusted counsellor of the leading

officials. He sees the forum of justice opened in the name of Union and

State. He ministers at the altars of the Law. He gains, daily, renown

and riches in his able conduct of affairs.

Hardin's revenue rises. He despises one of the State judgeships easily

at his hand. As his star mounts, his young neophyte, Maxime Valois,

shares his toils and enjoys his training. Under his guidance he launches

out on the sea of that professional legal activity, which is one

continued storm of contention.

Valois has trusted none of the mushroom banks. He keeps his gold with

the Padres. He makes a number of judicious purchases of blocks and lots

in the city, now growing into stable brick, stone, and even iron.

CHAPTER VII.

THE QUEEN OF THE EL DORADO.--GUILTY BONDS.

In the dreary winter of 1850-51, there are luxurious resting places for

the crowds driven at night from the narrow plank sidewalks of the Bay

City. Rain torrents make the great saloons and gambling houses the only

available shelter.

Running east and west, Sacramento, Clay, Washington, and Jackson Streets

rise in almost impracticable declivity to the hills. Their tops, now

inaccessible, are to be the future eyries of self-crowned railroad nobs

and rude bonanza barons.

Scrubby chaparral, tenanted by the coyote, fox, and sand rabbit,

covers these fringing sand hills. North and south, Sansome, Montgomery,

Kearney, Dupont, Stockton, and a faint outline of Powell Street, are

roadways more or less inchoate. An embryo western Paris.

Around the plaza, bounded by Clay, Washington, Dupont, and Kearney, the

revelry of night crystallizes. It is the aggregating sympathy of birds

of a feather.

The peculiar unconquered topography makes the handcart, wheelbarrow, and

even the Chinaman's carrying poles, necessary vehicles of transit.

Water, brought in iron boats from Sausalito, is dragged around these

knobby hills in huge casks on wheels. The precious fluid is distributed

in five-gallon tin buckets, borne on a yoke by the dealer, who gets a

dollar for two bucketfuls. No one finds time to dig for water. All have

leisure to drink, dance, and gamble. They face every disease, danger,

and hardship. They breast the grizzly-bear-haunted canyons in search of

gold. No one will seek for water. It is the only luxury. The incoming

and outgoing merchandise moves only a few rods from the narrow level

city front. At the long wharves it is transshipped from the deep-water

vessels, across forty feet of crazy wooden pier, to the river steamers.

Lighters in the stream transfer goods to the smaller vessels beginning

to trade up and down the coast.

In the plaza, now dignified by the RAFFINE name of "Portsmouth Square,"

the red banners of vice wave triumphant over great citadels of sin.

Virtue is pushed to the distant heights and knolls. The arriving

families, for sheer self-protection, avoid this devil's maelstrom. It

sucks the wide crowd into the maddened nightly orgies of the plaza.

In the most pretentious buildings of the town, the great trinity of

unlawful pleasures holds high carnival. Day and night are the same:

drink, gaming, and women are worshipped. For the average resident there

is no barrier of old which has not been burned away in the fever of

personal freedom and the flood of gold.

A motley mass of twenty thousand men and women daily augments. They

are all of full capacity for good and evil. They are bound by no

common ties. They serve no god but pleasure. They fear no code. With no

intention to remain longer than the profit of their adventures or the

pleasures of their wild life last, they catch the passing moment.

Immense saloons are made attractive by displays of gaudy luxuries, set

out to tempt the purses of the self-made autocrats of wealth. Gambling

houses here are outvying in richness, and utter wantonness of wasted

expense, anything yet seen in America. They are open always. Haunts

abound where, in the pretended seclusion of a few yards' distance, rich

adventurers riot with the beautiful battalions of the fallen angels. It

were gross profanation to the baleful memories of Phryne, Aspasia, and

Messalina to find, from all the sin-stained leaves of the world's past,

prototypes of these bold, reckless man-eaters. They throng the softly

carpeted, richly tapestried interiors of the gilded hells of Venus.

Drink and play. Twins steeds of the devil's car on the road to ruin.

They are lashed on by wild-eyed, bright, beautiful demons. All follow

the train of the modern reigning star of the West, Venus.

Shabby dance-halls, ephemeral Thespian efforts, cheap dens of the

most brutal vice, and dark lairs abound, where sailors, laborers,

and crowding criminals lurk, ready for their human prey. Their female

accomplices are only the sirens watching these great strongholds

of brazen vice. A greater luxury only gilds a lower form of human

abasement. The motley horde, wallowing on the "Barbary Coast" and in the

mongrel thieves' haunts of "Pacific Street," the entrenched human devils

on "Telegraph Hill" are but natural prey of the coarsest vices.

The ready revolver, Colt's devilish invention, has deluged the West and

South with blood. Murder's prime minister hangs in every man's belt.

Colonel James Bowie's awful knife is a twin of this monstrous birth. In

long years of dark national shame our country will curse the memory

of the "two Colonels." They were typical of their different sectional

ideas. These men gave us the present coat of arms of San Francisco: the

Colt's revolver and the Bowie knife.

Yes, thousands of yet untenanted graves yawn for the future victims of

these mechanical devices. The skill of the Northern inventor, and the

devilish perfection of the heart-cleaving blade of the Southern duellist

are a shame to this wild age.

The plaza with impartial liberality yields up its frontages to saloon,

palace of play, and hotels for the fair ministers of His Satanic

Majesty. It is the pride of the enterprising "sports" and "sharpers,"

who represent the baccalaureate degree of every known vice. On the

west, the "Adelphi" towers, with its grand gambling saloon, its

splendid "salle a manger," and cosey nooks presided over by attractive

Frenchwomen. Long tables, under crystal chandeliers, offer a choice of

roads to ruin. Monte, faro, rouge et noir, roulette, rondo and

every gambling device are here, to lure the unwary. Dark-eyed subtle

attendants lurk, ready to "preserve order," in gambling parlance. At

night, blazing with lights, the superb erotic pictures on the walls

look down on a mad crowd of desperate gamesters. Paris has sent its

most suggestive pictures here, to inflame the wildest of human passions.

Nymph and satyr gleam from glittering walls; Venus approves with melting

glances, from costliest frames, the self-immolation of these dupes of

fortune. Every wanton grace of the artist throws a luxurious refinement

of the ideal over the palace of sin and shame.

Long counters, with splendid mirrors, display richest plate. They groan

with costliest glass, and every dark beverage from hell's hottest

brew. Card tables, and quiet recesses, richly curtained, invite to

self-surrender and seclusion. The softest music breathes from a full

orchestra. Gold is everywhere, in slugs, doubloons, and heaps of

nuggets. Gold reigns here. Silver is a meaner metal hardly attainable.

Bank notes are a flimsy possibility of the future. Piles of yellow

sovereigns and the coinage of every land load the tables. Sallow,

glittering-eyed croupiers sweep in, with affected nonchalance, this

easy-gained harvest of chance or fraud.

As the evening wears on, these halls fill up with young and old. The

bright face of youth is seen, inflamed with every burning passion, let

loose in the wild uncontrolled West. It is side by side with the haggard

visage of the veteran gamester. Every race has its representatives.

The possession of gold is the cachet of good-fellowship. Anxious crowds

criticise rapid and dashing play. The rattle of dice, calls of the

dealers, shouts of the attendants ring out. The sharp, hard, ringing

voices of the fallen goddesses of the tables rise on the stifling air,

reeking of smoke and wine. Dressed with the spoils of the East, bare of

bosom, bright of eye, hard of heart, glittering in flashing gems, and

nerved with drink, are these women. The painted sirens of the Adelphi

smile, with curled carmine lips which give the lie to the bold glances

of the wary eyes of those she-devils.

With a hideous past thrown far behind them, they fear no future.

Desperate as to the present, ministering to sin, inciting to violence,

conspiring to destroy body and soul, these beautiful annihilators of all

decency vie in deviltry only with each other.

They flaunt, by day, toilettes like duchesses' over the muddy streets;

their midnight revels outlast the stars sweeping to the pure bosom

of the Pacific. The nightly net is drawn till no casting brings new

gudgeons. An unparalleled display of wildest license and maddest

abandonment marks day and night.

Across the square the Bella Union boasts similar glories, equal

grandeur, and its own local divinities of the Lampsacene goddess.

It is but a stone's throw to the great Arcade. From Clay to Commercial

Street, one grand room offers every allurement to hundreds, without any

sign of overcrowding. The devil is not in narrow quarters.

On the eastern front of the plaza, the pride of San Francisco towers up:

the El Dorado. Here every glory of the Adelphi, Arcade, and Bella Union

is eclipsed. The unrivalled splendor of rooms, rich decorations, and

unexcelled beauty of pictures excite all. The rare liveliness of the

attendant wantons marks them as the fairest daughters of Beelzebub. The

world waves have stranded these children of Venus on the Pacific shores.

Music, recalling the genius of the inspired masters, sways the varying

emotions of the multitude. The miners' evenings are given up to roaming

from one resort to another. Here, a certain varnish of necessary

politeness restrains the throng of men; they are all armed and in the

flush of physical power; they dash their thousands against impregnable

and exciting gambling combinations at the tables. With no feeling of

self-abasement, leading officials, merchants, bankers, judges, officers,

and professional men crowd the royal El Dorado. Here they relax the

labors of the day with every distraction known to human dissipation.

Staggering out broken-hearted, in the dark midnight, dozens of ruined

gamesters have wandered from these fatal doors into the plaza.

The nearest alley gives a shelter; a pistol ball crashes into the

half-crazed brain.

Suicide!--the gambler's end! Already the Potter's Field claims many of

these victims. The successful murderers and thugs linger in the dark

shadows of Dupont Street. They crowd Murderer's Alley, Dunbar's Alley,

and Kearney Street.

When the purse is emptied, so that the calculating women dealers scorn

to notice the last few coins, they point significantly to the outer

darkness. "Vamos," is the word. A few rods will bring the plucked fool

to the "Blue Wing," the "Magnolia," or any one of a hundred drinking

dens. Here the bottle chases away all memories of the night's play.

In utter defiance of the decent community, these temples of pleasure,

with their quick-witted knaves, and garrisons of bright-eyed bacchanals,

ignore the useful day; at night, they shine out, splendid lighthouses on

the path to the dark entrance of hell. By mutual avoidance, the good and

bad, the bright and dark side of human effort rule in alternation the

day and night. Sin rests in the daytime.

In the barracks, where the serried battalions of crime loll away the

garish day, silence discreetly rules. Sleep and rest mark the sunlit

hours. The late afternoon parade is an excitant.

All over San Francisco, in its queerly assorted tenancy, church and

saloon, school and opium den, thieves' resort and budding home, are

placed side by side. Vigorous elbowing of the criminal and base classes

finally forces all that is decent into a semi-banishment. Decency is

driven to the distant hills, crowned with their scrubby oaks. Vice needs

the city centre. It always does.

Philip Hardin is cynical and without family ties. Able by nature,

skilled in books, and a master of human strategy he needs some broader

field for the sweep of his splendid talents than the narrowed forum of

the local courts. Ambition offers no immediate prize to struggle for.

The busy present calls on him for daily professional effort. Political

events point to an exciting struggle between North and South in the

future; but the hour of fate is not yet on the dial.

In the Southerner's dislike of the contact of others, looking to his

place as a social leader of the political element, Philip Hardin lives

alone; his temporary cottage is planted in a large lot removed from the

immediate danger of fires. His quick wit tells him they will some day

sweep the crowded houses in the eastern part of the city, as far as the

bay. The larger native oaks still afford a genial shade. Their shadows

give the tired lawyer a few square rods of breathing space. Books and

all the implements of the scholar are his; the interior is crowded with

those luxuries which Hardin enjoys as of right. Deeply drinking the

cup of life, even in his social vices, Philip Hardin aims at a certain

distinction.

Around his table gather the choicest knights-errant of the golden quest.

Maxime Valois here develops a social talent as a leader of men, guided

by the sardonic Mephisto of his young life.

Still the evening hours hang heavily on the hands of the two lawyers.

When the rapidly arriving steamers bring friends, with letters or

introductions, they have hospitality to dispense. The great leaders of

the South are now systematically colonizing California. Guests abound

at these times at Hardin's board. Travel, mining, exploration, and

adventure carry them away soon; extensive tours on official duty draw

them away. As occupations increase, men grow unmindful of each other and

meet more rarely.

For the saloons, rude hotels, gaming palaces, and resorts of covert

pleasures are the usual rendezvous of the men of fortune and power. In

such resorts grave intrigues are planned; future policies are mapped

out; business goes on under the laughter of wild-eyed Maenads; secrets

of state are whispered between glass and glass.

Family circles, cooped up, timid and distant, keep their doors closed

to the general public. No one has yet dared to permanently set up here

their Lares and Penates. The subordination of family life to externals,

and insincerity of social compacts, are destined to make California a

mere abiding place for several generations. The fibres of ancestry must

first knit the living into close communion with their parents born on

these Western shores. Hardin's domineering nature, craving excitement

and control over others, carries him often to the great halls of play;

cigar in mouth, he stands unmoved; he watches the chances of play.

Nerved with the cognac he loves, he moves quickly to the table; he

astonishes all by the deliberate daring of his play. His iron nerve

is unshaken by the allurements of the painted dancers and surrounding

villains. Towering high above all others, the gifted Mississippian

nightly refreshes his jaded emotions. He revels in the varying fortunes

of the many games he coolly enjoys. Unheeding others, moving neither

right nor left at menace or danger, Hardin scorns this human circus,

struggling far below his own mental height.

Heartless and unmoved, he smiles at the weaknesses of others. The strong

man led captive in Beauty's train, the bright intellect sinking under

the craze of drink, the weak nature shattered by the loss of a few

thousands at play--all this pleases him. He sees, with prophetic eye,

hundreds of thousands of future dwellers between the Sierras and the

sea. His Southern pride looks forward to a control of the great West by

the haughty slave-owners.

This Northern trash must disappear! To ride on the top wave of the

future successful community, is his settled determination. Without

self-surrender, he enjoys every draught of pleasure the cup of life can

offer. Without scruple, void of enthusiasm, his passionless heart is

unmoved by the joys or sorrows of others. His nature is as steady as

the nerve with which he guides his evening pistol practice. The welcome

given to Maxime Valois by him arises only from a conviction of that

man's future usefulness. The general acceptability of the young

Louisianian is undoubted. His blood, creed, and manners prove him worthy

of the old Valois family. Their past glories are well known to Philip

Hardin. "Bon sang ne peut mentir." Hardin's legal position places him

high in the turmoils of the litigations of the great Mexican grants.

Already, over the Sonoma, Napa, Santa Clara, San Joaquin and Sacramento

valleys all is in jeopardy. The old Dons begin to seek confirmations

of the legal lines, to keep the crowding settlers at bay. The mining,

trading, and land-grabbing of the Americans are pushed to the limits of

the new commonwealth. A backward movement of the poor Mexican natives

carries them between the Americans and the yet powerful land barons

of their own race. Harassed, unfit to work, unable to cope with the

intruders, the native Californians become homeless rovers. They are

bitter at heart. Many, in open resentment, rise on the plains or haunt

the lonely trails. They are now bandits, horse-thieves, footpads and

murderers. True to each other, they establish a chain of secret refuges

from Shasta to San Diego. Every marauder of their own blood is safe

among them from American pursuers.

Every mining camp and all the settlements are beginning to send refugees

of the male foreign criminal classes to join these wandering Mexican

bands.

With riot in the camps, licentiousness ruling the cities, and murder

besetting every path, there is no safety for the present. California

sees no guarantee for the future. Judge Lynch is the only recognized

authority. He represents the rough justice of outraged camps and

infuriated citizens. Unrepressed violent crimes lead to the retaliatory

butchery of vigilance committees. Innocent and guilty suffer without

warrant of law. Foreign criminal clans herd together in San Francisco

for mutual aid. The different Atlantic cities are separately represented

in knots of powerful villains. Politics, gambling, and the elements

of wealth flourishing in dens and resorts, are controlled by organized

villains. They band together against the good. Only some personal brawl

throws them against each other.

Looking at the dangerous mass of vicious men and women, Valois

determines that the real strength of the land will lie in the arrivals

by the overland caravans. These trains are now filling the valleys with

resolute and honest settlers.

His determination holds yet to acquire some large tract of land where

he may have a future domain. On professional visits to Sacramento,

Stockton, and San Jose he notes the rising of the agricultural power in

the interior. In thought he yearns often for the beauties of splendid

Lagunitas. Padre Ribaut writes him of the sullen retirement of Don

Miguel. He grows more morose daily. Valois learns of the failing of the

sorrow-subdued Donna Juanita. The girlish beauty of young Dolores is

pictured in these letters. She approaches the early development of her

rare beauty. Padre Francisco has his daily occupation in his church and

school. The higher education of pretty Dolores is his only luxury. Were

it not for this, he would abandon the barren spiritual field and return

to France. Already in the canyons of the Mariposa, Fresno, and in the

great foot-hills, miners are scratching around the river beds. Hostile

settlers are approaching from the valley the Don's boundaries. These

signs are ominous.

Padre Francisco writes that as yet Don Miguel is sullenly ferocious.

He absolutely refuses any submission of his grant titles to the

cursed Gringos. Padre Francisco has not been able to convince the

ex-commandante of the power of the great United States. He knows not it

can cancel or reject his title to the thousands of rich acres where his

cattle graze and his horses sweep in mustang wildness. Even from his

very boundaries the plough can now be seen breaking up the breast of the

virgin valley. The Don will take no heed. He is blinded by prejudice.

Maxime promises the good priest to visit him. He wonders if the savage

Don would decline a word. If the frightened, faded wife would deign to

speak to the Americano. If the budding beauty would now cast roses slyly

at him from the bowers of her childhood.

Maxime's heart is young and warm. He is chilled in his affections. The

loss of his parents made his life lonely. Judge Valois, his uncle,

has but one child, a boy born since Maxime's departure on the Western

adventure. Between Hardin and himself is a bar of twenty years of cool

experience. It indurates and blunts any gracefulness Hardin's youth ever

possessed. If any man of forty has gained knowledge of good and evil, it

is the accomplished Hardin. He is a law unto himself.

Fearing neither God nor man, insensible to tenderness, Philip Hardin

looks in vain to refresh his jaded emotions by the every-day diversions

of the city by the sea. The daily brawls, the excited vigilance

committee of the first winter session of popular justice, and partial

burning of the city, leave Hardin unmoved. It is a dismal March night

of 1851 when he leaves his residence for a stroll through the resorts of

the town. Valois listlessly accompanies him. He does not gamble. To the

El Dorado the two slowly saunter. The nightly battle over the heaps of

gold is at its height. At the superb marble counter they are served with

the choicest beverages and regalias of Vuelta Abajos' best leaf. The

human mob is dense. Wailing, passionate music beats upon the air.

There is the cry of lost souls in its under-toned pathos. Villany and

sentiment go hand in hand at the El Dorado. The songs of old, in voice

and symphony, unlock the gates of memory. They leave the lingerers,

disarmed, to the tempting allurements of beauty, drink, and gaming.

There is an unusual crowd in the headquarters of gilded folly. Maxime,

wandering alone for a few minutes, finds a throng around a table of

rouge et noir. It is crowded with eager gamesters. Nodding to one and

another, he meets many acquaintances--men have no real friends as yet

in this egoistic land. The Louisianian moves toward the goal whither

all are tending. Jealous glances are cast by women whose deserted tables

show their charms are too well known. All swarm toward a new centre of

attraction. Cheeks long unused to the blush of shame are reddened with

passion, to see the fickle crowd surge around the game presided over

by a new-comer to the sandy shores of San Francisco. She is an unknown

goddess.

"What's all this?" asks Maxime, of a man he knows. He is idling now,

with an amused smile. He catches a glimpse of the tall form of Philip

Hardin in the front row of players, near the yellow bulwarks of gold.

"Why, Valois, you are behind the times!" is the reply. "Don't you know

the 'Queen of the El Dorado'?"

"I confess I do not," says the Creole. He has been absent for some time

from this resort of men with more gold than brains. "Who is she? What is

she?" continues Maxime.

His friend laughs as he gaily replies, "As to what she is, walk up to

the table. Throw away an ounce, and look at her. It's worth it. As to

who she is, she calls herself Hortense Duval." "I suppose she has as

much right to call herself the daughter of the moon as to use that

aristocratic name." "My dear boy, she is, for all that--" "Queen

Hortense?" "Queen of the El Dorado." He saunters away, to allow Valois

a chance to edge his way into the front row. There the dropping gold is

raked in by this fresh siren who draws all men to her.

Dressed in robes of price, a young woman sits twirling the arrow of

destiny at the treasure-laden table. Her exquisite form is audaciously

and recklessly exposed by a daring costume. Her superb arms are bared to

the shoulder, save where heavy-gemmed bracelets clasp glittering badges

of sin around her slender wrists. An indescribable grace and charm is in

every movement of her sinuous body. Her well-poised head is set upon a

neck of ivory. The lustrous dark eyes rove around the circle of eager

betters with languishing velvety glances. A smile, half a sneer, lingers

on the curved lips. Her statuesque beauty of feature is enhanced by the

rippling dark masses of hair crowning her lovely brows. In the silky

waves of her coronal, shines one diamond star of surpassing richness. In

all the pride and freshness of youth her loveliness is unmarred by the

tawdry arts of cosmetic and make-up. Unabashed by the admiration she

compels, she calmly pursues her exciting calling. The new-comer is well

worthy the rank, by general acclaim, of "Queen of the El Dorado." In no

way does she notice the eager crowd. She is an impartial priestess of

fortune. Maxime waits only to hear her speak. She is silent, save the

monosyllabic French words of the game. Is she Cuban, Creole, French,

Andalusian, Italian, or a wandering gypsy star? A jewelled dagger-sheath

in her corsage speaks of Spain or Italy. Maxime notes the unaccustomed

eagerness with which Hardin recklessly plays. He seems determined to

attract the especial attention of the divinity of the hour. Hardin's

color is unusual. His features are sternly set. Near him stands "French

Charlie," one of the deadliest gamesters of the plaza. Equally quick

with card, knife, or trigger, the Creole gambler is a man to be avoided.

He is as dangerous as the crouching panther in its fearful leap.

Hardin, betting on black, seems to win steadily. "French Charlie" sets

his store of ready gold on the red. It is a reckless duel of the two

men through the medium of the golden arrow, twirled by the voluptuous

stranger.

A sudden idea strikes Valois. He notes the ominous sparkle of "French

Charlie's" eye. It is cold as the depths of a mountain-pool. Is Hardin

betting on the black to compliment the presiding dark beauty? Murmurs

arise among the bystanders. The play grows higher. Valois moves away

from the surging crowd, to wait his own opportunity. A glass of wine

with a friend enables him to learn her history. She has been pursued by

"French Charlie" since her arrival from Panama by steamer. No one knows

if the reigning beauty is Havanese or a French Creole. Several aver she

speaks French and Spanish with equal ease. English receives a dainty

foreign accent from the rosebud lips. Her mysterious identity is guarded

by the delighted proprietors. The riches of their deep-jawed safes tell

of her wonderful luck, address, or skill.

Charlie has in vain tried to cross the invisible barrier which fences

her from the men around her. To-night he is as unlucky in his heavy

play, as in arousing any passion in that wonderful beauty of unexplained

identity. The management will answer no questions. This nightly

excitement feeds on itself. "French Charlie" has been drinking deeply.

His play grows more unlucky. Valois moves to the table, to quietly

induce Hardin to leave. Some inner foreboding tells Valois there is

danger in the gambling duel of the two men he watches. As he forces his

way in, Charlie, dashing a last handful of gold upon the red, turns his

ferocious eyes on Hardin. The lawyer calmly waits the turn of the arrow.

Some quick presentiment reaches the mind of the woman. Her nerves are

shaken with the strain of long repression. The arrow trembles on the

line in stopping. The queen's eyes, for the first time, catch the

burning glances of Philip Hardin. "French Charlie," with an oath, grasps

the hand of the woman. She is raking in his lost coins before paying

Hardin's bet. It is his last handful of gold.

Maddened with drink and his losses, Charlie yields to jealousy of his

victorious neighbor. "French Charlie" roughly twists the wrist of the

woman. With a sharp shriek, she snatches the dagger from her bosom. She

draws it over the back of the gambler's hand. He howls with pain. Like

a flash he tears a knife from his bosom. He springs around the table

toward the woman. With a loud scream, she jumps back toward the wall.

She seeks to save herself, casting golden showers on the floor, in a

rattling avalanche. Before the ready hireling desperadoes of the haunt

can seize Charlie, the affrighted circle scatters. Valois' eye catches,

the flash of a silver-mounted derringer. Its barking report rings out

as "French Charlie's" right arm drops to his side. His bowie-knife falls

ringing on the floor. A despairing curse is heard. The Creole gambler

snatches, with the other hand, a pistol. He springs like a lion on

Philip Hardin. One step back Hardin retreats. No word comes from his

closed lips. The mate of the derringer rings out loudly Charlie's death

warrant. The gambler crashes to the floor. His heart's blood floods the

scattered gold. The pistol is yet clenched in his stiffened left hand.

Valois rushes to Hardin. He brushes him aside, and springs to the side

of the "Queen of the El Dorado." She falls senseless in his arms. In a

few moments the motley crowd has been hurried from the doors. The

great entrances are barred. The frightened women dealers seek their

dressing-rooms. All fear the results of this brawl. Their cheeks are

ashy pale under paint and powder. The treasures are swiftly swept from

the gaming tables by the nimble-witted croupiers. Hardin and Valois

are left with the unconscious fallen beauty. A couple of the lately

organized city police enter and take charge. Even the blood stained gold

is gathered from the floor. Light after light is turned out. The main

hall has at last no tenants but the night watchman and the police,

waiting by the dead gambler. He lies prone on the floor, awaiting his

last judge, the city coroner. This genial official is sought from

his cards and cups, to certify the causes of death of the outcast of

society. A self-demonstrating problem. The gaping wound tells its story.

Valois is speechless and stunned with the quickness of the deadly

quarrel. He gloomily watches Hardin supporting the fainting woman.

Slowly her eyes unclose. They meet Hardin's in one long, steadfast,

inscrutable glance. She shudders and says, "Take me away." She covers

her siren face with her jewelled hands, to avoid the sight of the waxy

features and stiffening form of the thing lying there. Ten minutes ago

it was the embodiment of wildest human passion and tiger-like activity.

Vale, "French Charlie."

Hardin has quickly sent for several influential friends. On their

arrival he is permitted to leave, escorted by a policeman. The shaken

sorceress, whose fatal beauty has thrown two determined men against each

other in a sudden duel to the death, walks at his side. There is a bond

of blood sealed between them. It is the mere sensation of a night; the

talk of an idle day. On the next evening the "El Dorado" is thronged

with a great multitude. It is eager to gaze on the wondrous woman's

face, for which "French Charlie" died. Their quest is vain. Another

daughter of the Paphian divinity presides at the shrine of rouge et

noir. The blood-stains are effaced from the floor. A fresh red mound in

the city cemetery is the only relic of French Charlie. Philip Hardin,

released upon heavy bail, awaits a farcical investigation. After a few

days he bears no legal burden of this crime. Only the easy load upon his

conscience. Although the mark of Cain sets up a barrier between him

and his fellows, and the murder calls for the vengeance of God, Philip

Hardin goes his way with unclouded brow. His eyes have a strange new

light in them.

The "Queen of the El Dorado" sits no more at the wheel of fortune. Day

succeeds to day. Nightly expectation is balked. Her absent charms are

magnified in description. The memory of the graceful, dazzling Hortense

Duval fades from the men who struggle around the gaming boards of the

great "El Dorado." She never shows her charming face again in the hall.

The secret of the disappearance of this mysterious sovereign of chance

is known to but few. It is merely surmised by others. To Maxime Valois

the bloody occurrence has borne fruits of importance. As soon as some

business is arranged, the shadowy barrier of this tragedy divides the

two men. Though slight, it is yet such that Valois decides to go to

Stockton. The San Joaquin valley offers him a field. Land matters

give ample scope to his talents. The investment in lands can be better

arranged from there. The Creole is glad to cast his lot in the new

community. By sympathy, many Southerners crowd in. They gain control

of the beautiful prairies from which the herds of elk and antelope are

disappearing.

Philip Hardin's safety is assured. With no open breach of friendship

between them, Maxime still feels estranged. He visits the scene of

his future residence. His belongings follow him. It was an intuition

following a tacit understanding. Man instinctively shuns the murderer.

Maxime never asked of the future of the vanished queen of the El Dorado.

In his visits to San Francisco he finds that few cross Philip Hardin's

threshold socially. Even these are never bid to come again. Is there a

hidden queen in the house on the hill? Rumor says so.

Rising in power, Philip Hardin steadily moves forward. He asks no

favors. He seeks no friends. All unmindful is he of the tattle that a

veiled lady of elegant appearance sometimes walks under the leafy bowers

shading his lovely home.

The excitable populace find new food for gossip. There are more

residences than one in San Francisco, where dreamy luxury is hidden

within the unromantic wooden boxes called residences.

Fair faces gleam out furtively from these casements. At open doors,

across whose thresholds no woman of position ever sets a foot, wealth

stands on guard. Silence seals the portals. The vassals of gold wait in

velvet slippers. The laws of possession are enforced by the dangers of

any trespass on these Western harems.

While the queen city of the West rises rapidly it is only a modern

Babylon on the hills of the bay. The influx augments all classes. Every

element of present and future usefulness slowly makes headway against

the current of mere adventure. Natural obstacles yield to patient,

honest industry. California begins in grains, fruits, and all the rich

returns of nature, to show that Ceres, Flora, and Pomona are a trinity

of witching good fairies. They beckon to the world to wander hither, and

rest under these blue-vaulted balmy skies. Near the splendid streams,

picturesque ridges, and lovely valleys of the new State, health and

happiness may be found, even peace.

The State capital is located, drawn by the golden magnet, at Sacramento.

The only conquest left for the dominating Americans, is the development

of this rich landed domain. Here, where the Padres dreamed over their

monkish breviaries, where the nomad native Californians lived only on

the carcasses of their wild herds, the richest plains on earth invite

the honest hand of the farmer.

The era of frantic dissipation, wildest license, insane speculation, and

temporary abiding wears away. Bower and blossom, bird and bee, begin to

adorn the new homes of the Pacific.

Mighty-hearted men, keen of vision, strong of purpose, appear. The face

of nature is made to change under the resolute attacks of inventive man.

Roads and bridges, wharves and storehouses, telegraph lines, steamer

routes, express and stage systems, banks and post-offices, courts,

churches, marts and halls, all come as if at magic call. The

school-master is abroad. Public offices and records are in working

order. Though the fierce hill Indians now and then attack the miners,

they are driven back toward the great citadel of the Sacramento River.

The huge mountain ranges on the Oregon border are their last fastnesses.

In every community of the growing State, the law is aided by quickly

executed decrees of vigilance committees. Self-appointed popular

leaders, crafty politicians, scheming preachers, aspiring editors,

and ambitious demagogues crop up. They are the mushroom growth of the

muck-heap of the new civilization.

Hardin gathers up with friendships the rising men of all the counties.

At the newly formed clubs of the city his regular entertainments are

a nucleus of a socio-political organization to advance the ambitious

lawyer and the cause of the South.

Men say he looks to the Senate, or the Supreme Bench. Maxime Valois,

rising in power at Stockton, retains the warmest confidence of Hardin.

He knows the crafty advocate is the arch-priest of Secession. Month by

month, he is knitting up the web of his dark intrigues. He would unite

the daring sons of the South in one great secret organization, ready to

strike when the hour of destiny is at hand. It comes nearer, day by day.

Here, in this secret cause of the South, Valois' heart and soul go out

to Hardin. He feels the South was juggled out of California. Both he

and his Mephisto are gazing greedily on the wonderful development of

the coast. Even adjoining Arizona and New Mexico begin to fill up. The

conspirators know the South is handicapped in the irrepressible conflict

unless some diversion is made in the West. They must secure for the

states of the Southern Republic their aliquot share of the varied

treasures of the West. The rich spoil of an unholy war.

Far-seeing and wise is the pupil of Calhoun and Slidell. He is the

coadjutor of the subtle Gwin. Hardin feeds the flame of Maxime Valois'

ardor. The business friendship of the men continues unabated. They need

each other. With rare delicacy, Valois never refers to the blood-bought

"beauty of the El Dorado." Her graceful form never throws its shadow

over the threshold of the luxurious home of the lawyer. On rare visits

to the residence of his friend, Valois' quick eye notes the evidence of

a reigning divinity. A piano and a guitar, a scarf here, a few womanly

treasures there, are indications of a "manage a deux." They prove

to Maxime that the Egeria of this intellectual king lingers near her

victim. He is still under her mystic spell. Breasting the tide of

litigation in the United States and State courts, popular and ardent,

the Louisianian thrives. He rises into independent manhood. He is

toasted in Sacramento, where in legislative halls his fiery eloquence

distinguishes him. He is the king of the San Joaquin valley.

Preserving his friendship with the clergy, still warmly allied to Padre

Francisco, Maxime Valois gradually gains an unquestioned leadership.

His friends at New Orleans are proud of this young pilgrim from "Belle

Etoile." Judge Valois hopes that the coming man will return to Louisiana

in search of some bright daughter of that sunny land, a goddess to share

the honors of the younger branch of the old Valois family. Rosy dreams!

Maxima, satisfied, yet not happy, sees a great commonwealth grow up

around him. Looking under the tides of the political struggles, he can

feel the undertow of the future. It seems to drag him back to the old

Southern land of his birth, "Home to Dixie."

CHAPTER VIII.

JOAQUIN, THE MOUNTAIN ROBBER.--THE DON'S PERIL.

The leaders of the San Joaquin meet at the office of Counsellor Maxime

Valois. He is the rising political chief. While multitudes yet delve

for gold, Valois wisely heads those who see that the miners are merely

nomadic. They are all adventurers. The great men of the coast will be

those who control its broad lands, and create ways of communication.

The men who develop manufactures, start commercial enterprises, and

the farmers, will develop resources of this virgin State. The thousand

vocations of civilization are building up a solid fabric for future

generations.

True, the poet, the story-writer, and the careless stranger will be

fascinated by the heroes of camp and glen. High-booted, red-shirted,

revolver-carrying, bearded argonauts are they, braving all hardships,

enjoying sudden wealth, and leading romantic lives. Stories of camp and

cabin, with brief Monte-Cristo appearances at San Francisco, are the

popular rage. These rough heroes are led captive, even as Samson was

betrayed by Delilah. The discovery of quartz mining leads Valois to

believe that an American science of geologic mining will be a great

help in the future. Years of failure and effort, great experience, with

associated capital, will be needed for exploring the deep quartz veins.

Their mysterious origin baffles the scientist.

Long after the individual argonauts have laid their weary brows upon

the drifted pine needles in the deep eternal sleep of Death, the problem

will be solved. When their lonely graves are landmarks of the Sierras;

when the ephemeral tent towns have been folded up forever, the broad

lands of California will support great communities. To them, these early

days will be as unreal as the misty wreaths clinging around the Sierras.

The romance of the Gilded Age! Each decade throws a deeper mantle of the

shadowy past over the struggles of fresh hearts that failed in the mad

race for gold.

Their lives become, day by day, a mere disjointed mass of paltry

incident. Their careers point no moral, even if they adorn the future

tale. The type of the argonaut itself begins to disappear. Those who

returned freighted with gold to their foreign homes are rich, and

leading other lives far away. Those who diverted their new-found wealth

into industries are prospering. They will leave histories and stable

monuments of their life-work. But the great band of placer hunters have

wandered into the distant territories of the great West. They leave

their bones scattered, under the Indian's attack, or die on distant

quests. They drop into the stream of unknown fate. No moral purpose

attended their arrival. No high aim directed their labors. As silently

as they came, the rope of sand has sifted away. Their influence is

absolutely nothing upon the future social life of California. Even later

Californian society owes nothing of its feverish strangeness to these

gold hunters. They toiled in their historic quest. The prosaic results

of the polyglot settlement of the new State are not of their direction.

The bizarre Western character is due to an admixture of ill-assorted

elements. Not to gold itself or the lust of gold. The personal history

of the gold hunters is almost valueless. No hallowed memory clings to

the miner's grave. No blessing such as hovers over the soldier, dead

under his country's banner.

The early miners fell by the way, while grubbing for gold. Their ends

were only selfish gain. Their gold was a minister of vilest pleasures. A

fool's title to temporary importance.

Among them were many of high powers and great capacity, worthy of deeds

of derring-do, yet it cannot be denied that the narrowest impulses of

human action drove the impetuous explorers over the high Sierras. Gain

alone buried them in the dim ca¤ons of the Yuba and American. The sturdy

citizens pouring in with their families, seeking homes; those who laid

the enduring foundations of the social fabric, the laws and enterprises

of necessity, pith, and moment, are the real fathers of the great

Golden State. In the rapidity of settlement, all the manifold labors

of civilization began together. Laus Deo! There were hands, brains, and

hearts for those trying hours of the sudden acquisition of this royal

domain.

The thoughtful scholar Nevins, throwing open the first public

school-room to a little nursery-like brood, planted the seeds of a

future harvest, far richer than the output of the river treasuries.

A farmer's wife toiling over the long plains, caring for two beehives,

mindful of the future, introduced a future wealth, kinder in prophetic

thought, than he who blindly stumbled on a bonanza.

Humble farmer, honest head of family, intelligent teacher, useful

artisan, wise doctor, and skilled mechanic, these were the real fathers

of the State.

The sailor, the mechanic, and the good pioneer women, these are

the heroes and heroines gratefully remembered now. They regulated

civilization; they stood together against the gold-maddened floating

miners; they fought the vicious camp-followers.

Maxime Valois, learned in the civil law of his native State, speaking

French and Spanish, soon plunged in the vexatious land litigation of

his generation. Mere casual occupancy gave little color of title to the

commoner Mexicans. Now, the great grant owners are, one by one, cited

into court to prove their holdings; many are forced in by aggressive

squatters.

While gold still pours out of the mines, and the young State feels a

throbbing life everywhere, the native Californians are sorely pressed

between the land-getting and the mining classes. Wild herds no longer

furnish them free meat at will. The mustangs are driven away from their

haunts. Growing poverty cuts off ranch hospitality. Without courage to

labor, the poorer Mexicans, contemptuously called Greasers, go to the

extremes of passive suffering. All the occupations of the vaqueros are

gone. These desperate Greasers are driven to horse-stealing and robbery.

Expert with lasso, knife, and revolver, they know every trail. These

bandits mount themselves at will from herds of the new-comers.

The regions of the north, the forests of the Sierras, and the lonely

southern valleys give them safe lurking-places. Wherever they reach a

ranch of their people, they are protected; the pursuers are baffled;

they are misled by the sly hangers-on of these gloomy adobe houses.

In San Joaquin, the brigands hold high carnival; they sally out on wild

rides across the upper Sacramento. The mining regions are in terror.

Herds of stolen horses are driven by the Livermore Pass to the south.

Cattle and sheep are divided; they are used for food. Sometimes the

brands are skilfully altered by addition or counterfeit.

Suspicious Mexicans are soon in danger. Short shrift is given to

the horse-thief. The State authorities are powerless in face of the

duplicity of these native residents. They feel they have been enslaved

by the treaty of Guadalupe Hidalgo. The roads became unsafe. Travellers

are subject to a sudden volley from ambush. The fatal lasso is one

trick; the midnight stab, when lodging in Mexican wayside houses, is

another. There is no longer safety save in the large towns. From San

Diego to Shasta, a chain of criminals leaves a record of bloody deeds.

There are broader reasons than the mere friction of races. The native

Californians are rudely treated in the new courts; their personal rights

are invaded; their homes are not secure; their women are made the prey

of infamous attack.

A deadly feud now rises between the Mexicans and Americans. These brutal

encroachments of the new governing race bring reprisals in chance

duels and secret crimes. This organized robbery is a return blow. The

Americans are forced to travel in posses. They reinforce their sheriffs.

They establish armed messengers. In town and county they execute

suspects by a lively applied Lynch law.

All that is needed to create a general race-war is a determined leader.

As months roll on, the record of violence becomes alarming. Small

stations are attacked, many desperate fights occur. Dead men are

weltering in their blood, on all the trails. A scheming intelligence

seems now to direct the bandits. Pity was never in the Mexican heart.

But now unarmed men are butchered while praying for mercy. Their bodies

are wantonly gashed. Droves of poor, plodding, unarmed Chinese miners

are found lying dead like sheep in rows. Every trail and road is unsafe.

Different bodies of robbers, from five to twenty, operate at the same

time. There is no telegraph here as yet, to warn the helpless settlers.

The following of treasure trains shows that spies are aiding the

bandits.

The leading men of the new State find this scourge unbearable. Lands

are untenanted, cattle and herds are a prey to the robbers. Private

and public reward has failed to check this evil. Sheriff's posses and

occasional lynching parties shoot and hang. Still the evil grows. It is

an insult to American courage. As 1852 is ushered in, there are nearly

two hundred and fifty thousand dwellers in the new State. Still the

reign of terror continues. One curious fact appears. All of the bandits

chased south toward Monterey or Los Angeles are finally driven to

bay, killed, or scattered as fugitives. In the middle regions, the

organization of the Mexican murderers seems to be aided by powerful

friends. They evidently furnish news, supplies, and give concealment to

these modern butchers. They are only equalled by the old cutthroats of

the Spanish main.

A meeting of citizens is called at Stockton. It is privately held, for

fear of betrayal. Maxime Valois is, as usual, in the van. His knowledge

of the country and his renown as a member of Fremont's party fit him to

lead. A secret organization is perfected. The sheriff of the county is

made head of it. He can use the power of posse and his regular force.

The plundered merchants agree to furnish money as needed. Maxime Valois

is needed as the directing brain. In study over news and maps, the

result proves that the coast and south are only used for the sale of

stock or for refuge.

The extreme north of the State shows no prey, save the starving Klamath

Indians. It is true the robbers never have cursed the upper mountains.

Their control sweeps from Shasta to Sonoma, from Marysville and Nevada

as far as the gates of Sacramento, and down to the Livermore Pass.

Mariposa groans under their attacks.

Valois concludes this bloody warfare is a logical result of the

unnecessary conquest of California. To lose their nationality is

galling. To see Mexico, which abandoned California, get $15,000,000 in

compensation for the birthright of the Dons is maddening. It irritates

the suspicious native blood. To be ground down daily, causes continual

bickering. Ranch after ranch falls away under usury or unjust decisions.

In this ably planned brigandage, Valois discerns some young resentful

Californian of good family has assisted. The terrific brutality points

also to a relentless daring nature, aroused by some special wrong.

Valois muses at night in his lonely office. His ready revolvers are at

hand. Even here in Stockton a Mexican, friendly to the authorities, has

been filled with bullets by a horseman. The assailant was swathed to

his head in his scrape. He dashed away like the wind. There is danger

everywhere.

The young lawyer pictures this, the daring bravo--hero by nature--made

a butcher and a fiend by goading sorrows. It must be some one who knows

the Americans, who has travelled the interior, and has personal wrongs

to avenge.

These dark riders strike both innocent and guilty. They kill without

reason, and destroy in mere wantonness. The band has never been met in

its full muster. The general operations are always the same. It seems to

Valois that there are two burning questions:

First--Who is the leader?

Second--Where is the hiding-place or stronghold?

To paralyze the band, this master intelligence must be neutralized by

death. To finish the work, that stronghold must be found or destroyed.

There is as yet no concurrent voice as to their leader. Maxime Valois

is positive, however, that the stronghold is not far from the slopes

of Mariposa. The deadly riders seem to disappear, when driven towards

Stockton. They afterwards turn up, as if sure shelter was near.

But who will hound this fiend to his lair? Valois sends for the sheriff.

They decide to organize a picked corps of men. They will ride the roads,

with leaders selected from veteran Indian fighters. Others are old

soldiers of the Mexican war. The heaviest rewards are offered, to

stimulate the capture of the bandit chiefs. Valois knows, though,

that money will never cause a Mexican to betray any countryman to the

Americans. A woman's indiscretion, yes, a jealous sweetheart's bitter

hatred might lead to gaining the bandit chief's identity. But gold.

Never! The Mexicans never needed it, save to gamble. Judas is their

national scapegoat.

The sheriff has collated every story of attack. Valois draws out the

personality of the leading actor in this revelry of death. A superb

horseman, of medium size, who handles his American dragoon revolvers

with lightning rapidity. A young man in a yellow, black-striped scrape.

He is always superbly mounted. He has curling blackest hair. Two dark

eyes, burning under bushy brows, are the principal features. This man

has either led the murderers or been present at the fiercest attacks. In

many pistol duels, he has killed some poor devil in plain sight of his

comrades.

Valois decides to search all towns where Spanish women abound, for such

a romantic figure. This bandit must need supplies and ammunition. He

must visit women, the fandango, and the attractions of monte. He must

have friends to give him news of treasure movements. Valois watches

secretly the Spanish quarters of all the mountain towns and the great

ranchos.

The Louisianian knows that every gambling-shop and dance-house is a

centre of spies and marauders. The throngs of unnoticed Mexicans, in

a land where every traveller is an armed horseman, enable these robber

fiends to mingle with the innocent. The common language, hatred of

the Americans, the hospitality to criminals of their blood, and

the admiration of the sullen natives for these bravos, prevent any

dependence on the Mexican population.

The pursuers have often failed because of lack of supplies, and worn-out

steeds. The villains are secretly refitted by those who harbor them. An

hour suffices to drive up the "caballada," and remount the bandits at

any friendly interior ranch.

Obstinate silence is all the roadside dwellers' return to questions.

Valois cons over the bloody record of the last two years. The desperate

crimes begin with Andres Armijo and Tomas Maria Carrillo. They were

unyielding ex-soldiers. Both of these have been run to earth. Salamon

Pico, an independent bandit, of native blood, follows the same general

career. John Irving, a renegade American, has held the southern part of

the State. With his followers, he murdered General Bean and others. He

was only an outcast foreigner.

Maxime Valois knows that Irving and his band have been butchered by

savage Indians near the Colorado. Yet none of these have killed for

mere lust of blood. This mysterious chieftain who murders for personal

vengeance, is soon known to the determined Louisianian. In the long

trail of tiger-like assassinations, the robber is disclosed by his

unequalled thirst for blood.

"Joaquin Murieta, Joaquin the Mountain Robber, Joaquin the Yellow

Tiger." He flashes out from the dark shades of night, or the depths of

chaparral and forest. His insane butchery proves Valois to be correct.

Dashing through camps, lurking around towns, appearing in distant

localities, he robs stages, plunders stations, and personally murders

innocent travellers. Express riders are ambushed. The word "Joaquin,"

scrawled on a monte card, and pinned to the dead man's breast, often

tells the tale. Lonely men are found on the trails with the fatal

bullet-hole in the back of the head, shot in surprise. Sometimes he

appears with followers, often alone. Now openly daring individual

conflict, then slinking at night and in silence. Sneak, bravo, and

tiger. He is a Turpin in horsemanship. A fiend in his thirst for blood.

A charmed life seems his. On magnificent steeds, he rides down the

fleeing traveller. He coolly murders the exhausted "Gringo," taunting

his hated race with cowardice. Sweeping from north to south, five

hundred miles, this yellow-clad fiend always keeps the Sacramento or San

Joaquin between him and the coast. Men shudder at the name of Joaquin

Murieta.

Valois sees that the robber chief's permanent haunt is somewhere in the

Sierras. This must be found. The sheriffs of Placer, Nevada, Sierra, El

Dorado, Tuolumne, Calaveras, and Mariposa counties are in the field with

posses. Skirmish after skirmish occurs. All doubtful men are arrested.

Yet the red record continues. Doubling on the pursuers, hiding, the

bandit whirls from Shasta to Tehama, from Oroville to Sacramento, from

Marysville to Placerville. Stockton, San Andreas, Sonora, and Mariposa

are terrorized. Plundered pack-trains, murdered men, and robbed

wayfarers prove that Joaquin Murieta is ever at work. His swoop is

unerring. The yellow serape, black banded, the dark scowling face, and

the battery of four revolvers, two on his body, two on his saddle, soon

make him known to all the State.

The Governor offers five thousand dollars State reward for Joaquin's

head. County rewards are also published. Valois watches all the leading

Mexican families. Some wild son or member must be unaccounted for. No

criminal has yet appeared of good blood, save Tomas Maria Carrillo. But

he has been dead a year, shot in his tracks by a brave man. The bandits

hover around Stockton. The Americans go heavily armed, and only travel

in large bodies. Public rage reaches its climax, when there is found

pinned on the body of a dead deputy-sheriff a printed proclamation of

the Governor of $5,000 for Joaquin's head.

Under the printed words is the scrawl:

"I myself will give ten thousand.

"JOAQUIN."

The passions of the Americans break loose. Innocent Mexicans are shot

and hanged; all stragglers driven out.

The San Joaquin valley becomes a theatre of continued conflict.

"Claudio," another dark chief, ravages the Salinas. He is the robber

king of the coast. The officers find a union between the coast and

inland bandits. Now the manly settlers of the San Joaquin rise in wrath.

Texan rangers, old veterans, heroes of Comanche and Sioux battles, all

swear to hunt Joaquin Murieta to death.

Maxime Valois takes the saddle. He posts strong forces in the defiles

opening to the coast. A secret messenger leaves for Monterey. A vigorous

attack on the coast bandits drives them toward the inland passes.

"Claudio" and his followers are killed, after a bitter hand-to-hand

duel. One or two are hanged. Sheriff Cocks is the hero of the coast.

Maxime Valois calls his ablest men together.

Dividing the main forces into several bodies, a leader is selected for

each squad. Scouts are thrown out. They report daily to the heads of

divisions. The moving forces are ready to close in and envelop their

hated enemy.

Learning of the death of "Claudio," and that a strong body of Southern

settlers is also in the field, Maxime Valois feels the band of Joaquin

is cut off in the square between Placerville and Sonora, Stockton and

the Sierras. It is agreed that the fortunate division striking the

robbers, shall follow the warm trail to the last man and horse.

Reinforcements will push after them.

The sheriff has charge of one, Maxime Valois of another, Captain

Harry Love, a swarthy long-haired Texan ranger, of the third. Love's

magnificent horsemanship, his dark features, drooping mustache and

general appearance, might class him as a Spaniard. Blackened with the

burning sun of the plains, the deserts, and tropic Mexico, his cavalier

locks sweep to his shoulders. The heavy Kentucky rifle, always carried

across his saddle, proves him the typical frontiersman and ranger. He is

a dead shot. Many a Comanche and guerilla have fallen under the unerring

aim of Harry Love. His agile frame, quickness with the revolver, and

nerve with the bowie-knife, have made him equally feared at close

quarters.

In the dark hours of a spring morning of 1854, the main command breaks

into its three divisions. The sheriff covers the lines towards the

north and San Andreas. Maxime skirts the Sierras. Harry Love, marching

silently and at night, hiding his command by day, marches towards

Sonora. He sweeps around and rejoins Valois' main body. The net is

spread.

Scouts are distributed over this region. The mad wolf of the Sierras is

at last to be hunted to his lair.

The unknown retreat must be in the Sierras. He determines to throw his

own command over the valley towards the unvisited Lagunitas rancho.

Padre Francisco will be there, a good adviser. Valois, the rich and

successful lawyer, is another man from the penniless prisoner of seven

years before. Knowing the hatred of Don Miguel for the Americans, he has

never revisited the place. Still he would like to meet the beloved padre

again. He will not uselessly enrage the gloomy lord of Lagunitas. Don

Miguel is a hermit now.

Three days' march, skilfully concealed, brings him to the notched pass,

where Lagunitas lies under its sentinel mountains.

Brooding over the past, thinking of the great untravelled regions behind

the grant, stories from the early life of Don Miguel haunt the sleepless

hours of the anxious young Southern leader. He lies under the stars,

wrapped in his blankets. Lagunitas, once more!

Up before day, filing through light forest and down the passes of

the foothills, the command threads its way. Valois calls his leading

subordinates together. He arranges the visit to the ranch. He sends a

squad of five to ride down the roads a few miles, and meet any scouts

or vedettes of the other Southern party. Valois directs his men where

to rejoin him. He points out, a few miles ahead, a rocky cliff, behind

which the rolling hills around Lagunitas offer several hidden approaches

to the rancho. Cautiously leading his men, to avoid a general alarm, he

skirts the woods. The party rides in Indian file, to leave a light trail

only.

Before the frowning cliff is neared, Valois' keen eye sees his scouts

straggling back. They are galloping at rapid speed, making for the

cliff. The whole command, with smoking steeds, soon joins the scouts.

With them are two of Love's outriders. The bandits are near at hand. For

the scouts, riding up all night from Love's body, have taken the main

road. Within ten miles they find several dead men--the ghastly handiwork

of Joaquin. Their breathless report is soon over. Detaching ten fresh

men, with one of the news-bearers, to join Love and bring him up

post-haste, Maxime Valois orders every man to prepare his girths and

arms for action. Guided by the other scouts, the whole command pricks

briskly over to the concealment of a rolling valley. There is but one

ridge between it, now, and Lagunitas.

Maxime calls up his aids. He gives them his rapid directions. Only the

previous knowledge of the ex-pathfinder enabled him to throw his men

behind the sheltering ridge, unseen from the old Don's headquarters.

In case of meeting any robbers, the subordinates are to seize and hold

the ranch with ten determined men. He throws the rest out in a strong

line, to sweep east and south, till Love's column is met. Winding into

the glen, Valois takes five men and mounts the ridge.

He now skilfully nears the crest of the ridge. The main command is

moving slowly, a few hundred yards below. With the skill of the old

scout of the plains, he brings his little squad up to the shoulder

of the ridge to the south of the rancho. Dismounting, Indian-like, he

crawls up to the summit, from which the beautiful panorama of glittering

Lagunitas lies before him. By his side is a tried friend. A life and

death supporter.

Lagunitas again! It is backed by the forest, where swaying pines are

singing the same old song of seven long years ago. His eye sweeps over

the scene.

Quick as a flash, Valois springs back to the horses. Two mounted

cavaliers, followed by a serving man, can be seen smartly loping away to

the southeast. They are bending towards the region where Love's course,

the trail of the bandits, and Maxime's march intersect. Is it treachery?

Some one to warn the robbers!

Not a moment to lose! "Harris," cries Valois to his companion, "lead the

main command over to that mountain. Be ready to strike any moment. Send

Hill and ten men to capture the ranch by moving over the ridge. Keep

every one there. Hold every human inmate. I'll cut these men off." Away

gallops Harris. Valois leads the four over the other spur. They drop

down the eastern slope of the point. The riders have to pass near. In

rapid words he orders them to throw themselves quickly, at a dead run,

ahead of the travellers. He waits till, six or eight hundred yards away,

the strange horsemen pass the lowest point of the ridge. The first

three scouts are now well across the line of march of the quick-moving

strangers. Then, with a word, "Now, boys, remember!" Valois spurs his

roan out into the open. At a wild gallop he cuts off the retreat of the

horsemen.

Ha! one turns. They are discovered. In an instant the wild mustangs are

racing south. Valois dashes along in pursuit. He has warned his men

to use no firearms till absolutely necessary. He shouts to his two

followers to wait till the last. He would capture, not kill, these three

spies.

Out from the slopes below, the main column, at a brisk trot, cross the

valley. They are led by the quick-eyed scout, who knows how to throw

them on the narrowing suspected region. Love's men and the band of

Joaquin, if here, must soon meet. The three men in advance ride up at

different points. They have seen pursuer and pursued galloping madly

towards them. Instantly the man following the first rider darts

northward, and spurring up a ridge disappears, followed by two of the

three scouts in advance. The other rider draws up and stands his ground

with his servant. As Valois and his companions ride up, the crack,

crack, crack, of heavy dragoon revolvers is wafted over the ridge. It

is now too late for prudence. The horseman at bay has wheeled. Maxime

recognizes the old Don.

Miguel Peralta is no man to be bearded in his own lair, unscathed. He

spurs his horse back towards the ranch. He fires rapidly into the three

pursuers as he darts by. He is a dangerous foe yet.

Valois feels a sharp pang in his shoulder. He reels in his saddle. His

revolver lies in the dust. The ringing reports of his body-guard peal

out as they empty their pistols at fleeing horse and man, The servant

runs up, thoroughly frightened.

Don Miguel's best horse has made its last leap. It crashes down,

pinioning the old soldier to the ground. A bullet luckily has pierced

its brain.

Before the old ranchero can struggle to his feet, his hands are twisted

behind his back. A couple of turns of a lariat clamp his wrists with no

fairy band. A cocked pistol pressed against his head tells him that the

game is up.

Valois drops, half fainting, from his horse, while his men disarm and

bind the sullen old Mexican. The blood pouring from Valois' shoulder

calls for immediate bandaging. The two pursuers of the other fugitive

now ride smartly back.

One lags along, with a torn and shattered jaw. His companion is unhurt.

He bears across his saddle bow a well-known emblem, the yellow and black

scrape of Joaquin Murieta. Several ball holes prove it might have been

his shroud. Valois quickly interrogates the two; after a hasty pistol

duel, in which the flowing serape misled the two practised shots, the

fugitive plunged down a steep slope, with all the recklessness of a

Californian vaquero. It was Joaquin!

When the pursuers reached the trail, it was marked by the abandoned

blanket. A heavy saddle also lay there, cut loose. Joaquin Murieta was

riding away on the wings of the wind, but unwittingly into the jaws of

death. Two or three from the main body took up the trail. The whole body

pushed ahead on the track of the flying bandit--ready for fight.

With failing energies, Valois directs the unwounded pursuer to rejoin

the column. He sends stern orders to Harris, to spare neither man nor

beast, to follow the trail to the last. Even to the heart of the gloomy

forests, this great human vampire must be hounded on his lonely ride to

death.

In the saddle, held up by his men, Maxime Valois toils slowly towards

Lagunitas. Beside him the wounded scout, pistol in hand, rides as a

body-guard. In charge of growling old Don Miguel, a man leads him,

dismounted, by a lariat. His horse and trappings lie on the trail, after

removing all the arms. He is sullen and silent. His servant is a mere

human animal. Cautiously approaching, the plaza lies below them. In

the square, the horses of the captors can be seen peacefully grazing.

Sentinels are mounted at several places. Valois at last reenters the old

hacienda, wounded, but in pride, as a conqueror.

He is met at the priest's door by Padre Francisco. Don Miguel Peralta,

the last of the land barons of the San Joaquin, is now a prisoner in the

sacristy of the church. Time has its revenges. The turns of fortune's

wheel. Padre Francisco assembles the entire population of the home

ranch by the clanging of the church bell. In a few words he explains

the reasons of the occupancy. He orders the hired men to remain in the

enclosure under the guard of the sentinels. He dresses skilfully the

wound of Maxime. He patches up the face of the wounded scout, whose

proudest future boast will be that Joaquin Murieta gave him those

honorable scars.

Maxime, worn and faint, falls into a fevered sleep. His subordinate

holds the ranch, with all the force ready for any attack. The afternoon

wears on. In sleep Valois forgets both the flying bandit and his fate.

The old Don, his eyes filled with scalding tears, rages in his bonds.

Pale, frightened Donna Juanita clasps her hands in the agony of prayer

before the crucifix in the chapel. Beside her stands Dolores, now a

budding beauty, in radiant womanhood. The dark-eyed young girl is mute.

Her pathetic glances are as shy as a wounded deer's dying gaze. "The

dreaded Americanos."

Over the beautiful hills, fanned by the breezes of sunset, the softened

shadows fall. Twilight brings the hush and rest of early evening. The

stars mirror themselves in the sparkling bosom of Lagunitas.

Watching the wounded leader, Padre Francisco's seamed, thoughtful face

is very grave. His thin fingers tell the beads of the rosary. Prayer

after prayer passes his moving lips.

The shadow of sorrow, sin, and shame is on Lagunitas. He fears for

the future of the family. There has been foul play. There the tiger of

Sonora has made his lair in the trackless ca¤ons and rich valleys of the

foot-hills. The old Don must have known all.

Prayers for the dead and dying fall on the silence of the night. They

are roughly broken by the trampling of horses' feet. The priest is

called out by the sentinel. By the dim light of the stars, he sees two

score shadowy horsemen. Between their lines, several poor wretches are

bound and shivering in captivity.

A swarthy figure swings from the saddle. Captain Harry Love springs

across the threshold. Unmindful of the warning of the priest, he rouses

Valois. He cries exultantly, "We have him this time, squire!" Lying

on the portico, tied in the sack, in which it swung at the ranger's

saddle-horn, is the head of Joaquin Murieta. Valois struggles to his

feet. Surrounded by the victors, by the light of a torch, he gazes on

the awful token of victory. As the timid priest sees the fearful object,

he cries, "Joaquin Carrillo!"

It is indeed he. The disgraced scion of an old and proud line. The good

priest shudders as Harry Love, leaning on the rifle which sent its ball

into Joaquin's heart, calmly says, "That thing is worth ten thousand

dollars to me to-night, Valois!"

Already, swift riders are bringing up the forces of the sheriff. In the

morning the history is known. The converging columns struck the bandits,

who scattered. The work of vengeance was quick. "Three-fingered Jack,"

the murderous ancient of the bandit king, is killed in the camp. Several

fugitives are captured. Several more hung. Joaquin Murieta, exhausted in

the flight of the morning, his horse tired and wounded, drops from the

charger, at a snap shot of the intrepid ranger, Love. The robber has

finished his last ride.

Valois recovers rapidly. He has much to do to stem the resentment of the

pursuers. The head of Joaquin and the hand of Three-fingered Jack are

poor, scanty booty. Not as ghastly as the half-dozen corpses swinging

on Lagunitas' oaks, and ghastly trophies of a chase of months. The

prisoners are lynched. Far and wide, cowardly avengers butcher suspected

Mexicans. California breathes freely now. Joaquin Murieta Carrillo will

weave no more guerilla plots.

The padre and Valois commune with the frightened lady of the hacienda.

Donna Juanita implores protection. Shy Dolores puts her slender hand in

his, and begs him to protect her beloved father.

Maxime, in pity for the two women, conceals the history gathered from

honorable Fran‡ois Ribaut. Joaquin played skilfully upon Don Miguel's

hatred of the Americans. He knew of the lurking places behind Lagunitas.

From these interior fastnesses, known to Don Miguel from early days,

Joaquin could move on several short lines. He thus appeared as if by

magic. With confederates at different places, his scattered bands had

a rendezvous near Lagunitas. His followers mingled with different

communities, and were picked up here and there on his raids. Special

attacks were suggested by treasure movements. The murdering was not

executed by the general banditti, but by Joaquin alone, and one or two

of his special bravos. Examining the captives, Padre Francisco, by the

agency of the Church, learned that, a few years before, a lovely Mexican

girl, to whom Joaquin was bound by a desperate passion, was the

victim of foul outrage by some wandering American brutes. Her death,

broken-hearted, caused the desperado to swear her grave should be

watered with American blood. Pride of race, and a bitter thirst for

revenge, made Joaquin Murieta what he was,--a human scourge. His

boyhood, spent roaming over the interior, rendered him matchless in

local topography.

It was possible to disguise the fact of supplies being drawn from

Lagunitas. Don Miguel was a great ranchero. As days rolled on, the

plunder of the bandits was brought to the rancho. Joaquin's mutilated

body was a prey to the mountain wolf. The ghastly evidences of victory

were sent to San Francisco, where they remained for years, a reminder of

bloody reprisal.

Padre Francisco saw with fear the rising indignation against Don

Miguel. A clamor for his blood arose. Maxime Valois plead for the old

Commandante. He had really imagined Joaquin's vendetta to be a sort of

lawful war.

The forces began to leave Lagunitas. Only a strong escort body remained.

Valois prepares his departure.

In a last interview, with Padre Francisco present, the lawyer warned Don

Miguel not to leave his hacienda for some time. His life would surely be

sacrificed to the feelings of the Americans. Thankful for their safety,

the mother and sweet girl Dolores gratefully bid adieu to Maxime. He

headed, himself, the last departing band of the invaders. The roads were

safe to all. No trace of treasures of Joaquin was found. Great was the

murmuring of the rangers. Were these hoards concealed on the rancho?

Search availed nothing. Valois spurs down the road. Lagunitas! He

breathes freer, now that the avengers are balked, at Lagunitas. They

would even sack the rancho. Camping twenty miles away, Maxime dreams of

his Southern home, as the stars sweep westward.

In the morning, a rough hand rouses him. It is the sentinel.

"Captain, wake up!"

He springs to his feet. "What is it?" he cries.

"Half the men are gone, sir. They have stolen back to hang the old

Spaniard. They think he has concealed Joaquin's treasures."

Valois rouses several tired friends.

"My horse!" he yells.

As he springs to the saddle, the sentinel tells him a friend disclosed

the plot. Fear kept him silent till the mutineers stole away.

"There are yet two hours to day. Is there time?" Maxime stretches out in

the gallop of a skilled plainsman. He must save the priest and the women

at least.

The mutineers will wait till daylight for their swoop. They are mad with

the thirst for the lost treasures of Joaquin.

On, on, with the swing of the prairie wolf, the young leader gallops. He

rides down man after man. As he gallops he thinks of Se¤ora Juanita,

the defenceless priest, the wounded old Commandante, and the sweet

blossoming beauty of the Sierras, star-eyed young Dolores. They must be

saved. On, on!

Day points over the hills as Maxime dashes into the unguarded plaza

of the ranch. There are sounds of shots, yells, and trampling feet. He

springs from his exhausted steed. The doors of the ranch-house give

way. He rushes to the entrance, to find the rooms empty. In a moment he

realizes the facts. He reaches the priest's house. Beating on the door,

he cries: "Open quick! It is Valois." Springing inside he finds

Padre Francisco, his eyes lit up with the courage of a gallant French

gentleman.

"They are all here," he gasps. "Safe?" queries Valois. "Yes." "Thank

God!" Maxime cries. "Quick! Hurry them into the church. Hold the

sacristy door."

Maxime's two or three friends have followed him. The doors are closed

behind them. The heavy adobe walls are shot-proof. The refuge of the

church is gained none too soon.

The mutineers spread through the padre's house. Pouring in through the

sacristy passage, they are faced in the gray dawn by Valois, his eyes

blazing. He holds a dragoon revolver in each hand. He is a dead shot.

Yet the mutineers are fearless.

"Give up the Greaser robber!" is their mad yell.

"Never!" cries Valois. "He is old and foolish, but he shall not be

abused. Let him answer to the law."

"Captain," cries one, "we don't want to hurt you, but we are going to

find Joaquin's plunder."

"The first man who moves over this threshold is a dead man!" cries

Valois.

No one cares to be first, but they rage wildly. They all gather for a

rush. Weapons are ominously clicking. As they come on, Padre Francisco

stands before them, pale and calm in the morning light.

"Kill me first, my friends," he says. His body covers Valois.

The knot of desperate men stand back. They cannot shoot an unarmed

priest, yet growling murmurs are heard: "Burn them out," "Go ahead."

"Shoot the old Greaser."

A sound of trampling hoofs drowns their cries. The main body of the

detachment, stung with shame, have galloped back to rescue Valois. It is

over. The mutineers sullenly retire in a body.

Three hours later the detachment rides off. The rebels have wandered

away. Guarded by the friends of the wild night-ride, Valois remains at

Lagunitas.

Under questioning of the padre, whose honorable French blood boils at

the domain being made a nest of assassins, the Don describes Joaquin's

lurking-places. With one or two mozos, Valois visits all the old camps

of the freebooters, within seventy-five miles. He leaves his men

at Lagunitas for safety. He threads the fastnesses of the inviolate

forests. They stretch from Shasta to Fresno, the great sugar pines and

redwoods of California.

The axe of man has not yet attacked them. No machinery, no tearing saws

are in these early days destroying their noble symmetry. But they are

doomed. Fires and wanton destruction are yet to come, to leave blackened

scars over once lovely areas. Man mutilates the lovely face of Nature's

sweetest sylvan retreats. Down the great gorge of the Yosemite,

Valois rides past the giant Big Trees of Calaveras. He finds no hidden

treasures, no buried deposits. The camps near Lagunitas disclose only

some concealed supplies. No arms, valuables, and treasures, torn from

the murdered travellers, in the two years' red reign of Joaquin, the

Mountain Tiger.

Valois concludes that Joaquin divided the gold among his followers.

He must have used it largely to purchase assistance from his spies,

scattered through the interior.

The stolen animals were undoubtedly all scattered over the State. The

weapons, saddlery, and gear, booty of the native horse-thief bands, have

been sent as far as Chihuahua in Mexico. Valuable personal articles

were scarce. Few trophies were ever recovered. The gold-dust was

unrecognizable. Valois reluctantly gives up the search. He returns

convinced that mere lust of blood directed Joaquin Murieta Carrillo.

The bandits under him represented the native discontent. Their acts were

a protest against the brutal Americans. They were goaded on by the loss

of all property rights. This harshness drove the Indians, decimated,

drunken, and diseased, from their patrimonial lands. It has effected the

final ruin of the native Californians. Frontier greed and injustice have

done a shameful work.

Maxime Valois blushes for his own nation. He realizes that indigenous

dwellers must go to the wall in poverty, to their death. They go down

before the rush of the wolf pack, hunting gold, always gold.

Taking the precaution to leave men to bear to him any messages from

the padre, Maxime leaves Lagunitas for Stockton. The affairs of the

community call him home. Property, covered by his investments, has been

exposed to fire and flood at Sacramento. Sari Francisco has been half

destroyed by a great conflagration. These calamities make thousands

penniless.

Before he rides away, old Don Miguel comes to say adieu to his savior,

once his prisoner. "Se¤or Americano," he murmurs, "be pleased to come to

my house." Followed by the padre, Valois enters. There Don Miguel bids

Donna Juanita and Dolores thank the man who saved his life.

"I shall not be here long, Se¤or Abogado," he says; "I wish you and the

padre to watch over my wife and child. YOU are a 'caballero' and 'buen

Cristiano.'"

Padre Francisco has proved that the young leader is a true child of the

Church.

The finest horse on the rancho is led to the door. It is trapped with

Don Miguel's state equipment. With a wave of the hand, he says:

"Se¤or, vayase V. con Dios. That horse will never fail you. It is the

pride of the Lagunitas herds."

Maxime promises to aid in any future juncture. He rides out from lonely

Lagunitas, near which tradition to-day locates those fabulous deposits,

the vanished treasures of Joaquin, the mountain robber.

A generation glides away. The riches, long sought for, are never found.

This blood-stained gold may lie hidden beneath the soil of Mariposa, but

it is beyond human ken.

There are wild rejoicings at Stockton. Harry Love, splendid in gayest

trappings, is the hero of the hour. The dead mountain tiger was the last

leader of resistance to the Americans. The humbled Mexicans sink into

the condition of wandering helots. The only possession left is their

unconquerable pride, and the sadness which wraps them in a gloomy

mantle.

CHAPTER IX.

THE STRANGER'S FOOT AT LAGUNITAS. VALOIS' SPANISH BRIDE.

Through the mines runs a paean of rejoicing. The roads are free; Joaquin

is slain at last. Butcher bravos tire of revenging past deeds of blood.

They slay the helpless Indians, or assassinate the frightened native

Californians. This rude revenge element, stirred up by Harry Love's

exploit, reaches from Klamath to the Colorado. Yet the unsettled

interior is destined to keep up the sporadic banditti of the valleys

for years. Every glen offers an easy ambush. In the far future only, the

telegraph and railway will finally cut up the great State into localized

areas of civilization.

All the whiskey-drinking and revolver-carrying bravos must be swept into

obscure graves before crime can cease. It becomes, however, occasional

only. While bloody hands are ready, the plotting brain of Joaquin

Murieta never is equalled by any future bandit.

Coming years bring Francisco Garcia, Sebastian Flores, and the "Los

Manilas" gang, whose seventeen years of bloodshed end finally at the

gallows of Los Angeles. Varrella and Soto, Tiburcio Vasquez, Santos

Lotello, Chavez, and their wild Mexican brothers, are all destined to

die by shot or rope.

"Tom Bell," "Jack Powers," and other American recruits in the army of

villany, have only changed sides in their crimes. All these wretches

merit the deaths awaiting them. The last purely international element of

discord vanishes from the records of crime.

Wandering Americans aptly learn stage-robbing. They are heirs of the

old riders. The glories of "Black Bart," the lone highwayman of eighty

stage-robberies, and the "train robbers," are reserved for the future.

But Black Bart never takes life. He robs only the rich.

Valois appreciates that the day has arrived when legal land spoliation

of the Mexicans will succeed these violent quarrels. Nothing is left to

steal but their land. That is the object of contention between lawyers,

speculators, squatters, and the defenceless owners. Their domains narrow

under mortgage, interest, and legal (?) robbery.

"Vae victis!" The days of confiscation follow the conquest.

Hydraulic mining, quartz processes, and corporate effort succeed the

earlier mining attempts. Two different forces are now in full energy of

action.

Hills are swept bodily into the river-beds, in the search for the

underlying gold. Rivers and meadows are filled up, sand covered, and

ruined. Forests are thrown down, to rot by wholesale. Tunnels are

blasted out. The face of nature is gashed with the quest for gold.

Banded together for destruction, the miners leave no useful landmark

behind them. All is washed away and sent seaward in the choking

river-channels.

The home-makers, in peaceful campaigns of seed-time and harvest, develop

new treasures. Great interests are introduced. The gold of field,

orchard, and harvest falls into the hands of the industrious farmers.

These are the men whose only weapons are scythe and sickle. They are the

real Fathers of the Pacific. Roving over the interior, the miners leave

a land as nearly ruined as human effort can render it. In the wake of

these nugget-hunters, future years bring those who make the abandoned

hills lovely with scattered homes. They are now hidden by orchards,

vineyards, and gardens. Peaceful flocks and herds prove that the

Golden Age of California is not to be these wild days of the barbaric

Forty-niner.

Maxime Valois sees the land sweeping in unrivalled beauty to the

Colorado. Free to the snowy peaks of the Sacramento, the rich plains

roll. He knows that there will be here yet,

"Scattered cities crowning these, Whose far white walls along them

shine, With fields which promise corn and wine."

He realizes that transient California must yield to stable conditions.

Some civilized society will succeed the masses as lacking in fibre as a

rope of sand. Already the days of roving adventure are over. There are

wanderers, gamblers, fugitives, ex-criminals, and outcasts enough within

the limits of the new land. Siren and adventuress, women of nameless

history and gloomy future, yet abound. They throng the shabby temporary

camps or tent cities. He knows there is no self-perpetuation in the mass

of men roving in the river valleys. Better men must yet rule.

A visit to San Francisco and other large places proves that the social

and commercial element is supplied from the Northern, Eastern, and

Middle States. Their professional men will be predominant also.

In the interior, the farmers of the West and the sagacious planters of

the South control.

As May-day approaches, Valois, at San Francisco in 1853, sees a

procession of growing children. There, thousands of happy young faces of

school-children, appear bearing roses in innocent hands.

Philip Hardin gives him the details of the coming struggle of North

and South. It is a battle for the coast from Arizona to Oregon. Lost

to England, Russia, and France, lost to the Mormons by stupidity or

neglect, this West is lost to the South by the defeat of slavery.

Industrious farmers come, in fairly equal numbers, from the Northern

and Southern agricultural States. The people of the Atlantic free

States come with their commerce, capital, and institutions. The fiat of

Webster, Clay, and Seward has placed the guardian angel of freedom at

the gates and passes of California. The Southerner cannot transfer his

human slave capital to the far West. The very winds sing freedom's song

on the wooded heights of the Sierras.

Philip Hardin sighs, as he drains his glass, "Valois, our people have

doomed the South to a secondary standing in the Union. This fatal

blunder in the West ruins us. Benton and Fremont's precipitancy thwarted

our statesmen. This gold, the votes of these new States, the future

commerce, the immense resources of the West, all are cast in the balance

against us. We must work for a Western republic. We must wait till we

can fight for Southern rights. We will conquer these ocean States. We

will have this land yet."

The legal Mephisto and his pupil are true to the Southern cause. Neither

of them can measure the coming forces of Freedom. Rosalie Leese, the

pioneer white child of California, born in 1838, at Yerba Buena, was

the first of countless thousands of free-born American children. In the

unpolluted West the breath of slavery shall never blight a single human

existence. Old Captain Richardson and Jacob Leese, pioneers of the

magic city of San Francisco, gaze upon the beautiful ranks of smiling

school-children, in happy troops. They have no regrets, like the knights

of slavery, to see their places in life filled by free-born young

pilgrims of life. All hail the native sons and daughters of the Golden

West!

But the Southern politicians forge to the front. The majority is still

with them. They carry local measures. Their hands are only tied by the

admission of California, as a free State. Too late! On the far borders

of Missouri, the contest of Freedom and Slavery begins. It excites all

America. Bleeding Kansas! Hardin explains that the circle of prominent

Southerners, leading ranchers, Federal officials, and officers of the

army and navy, are relied on for the future. The South has all the

courts. It controls the legislature. It seeks to cast California's voice

against the Union in the event of civil war. As a last resort they will

swing it off in a separate sovereignty--a Lone Star of the West.

"We must control here as we did in Texas, Valois. When the storm arises,

we will be annexed to the Southern Confederacy."

Even as he spoke, the generation of the War was ripening for the sickle

of Death. Filled with the sectional glories of the Mexican war, Hardin

could not doubt the final issue.

"Get land, Valois," he cries. "Localize yourself. When this State is

thrown open to slavery, you will want your natural position. Maxime, you

ought to have a thousand field-hands when you are master at Lagunitas.

You can grow cotton there."

Valois muses. He revolves in his mind the "Southern movement." Is it

treason? He does not stop to ask. As he journeys to Stockton he ponders.

Philip Hardin is about to accept a place on the Supreme Bench of the

State. Not to advance his personal fortunes, but to be useful to his

beloved South.

While the banks, business houses and factories are controlled by

Northern men: while the pothouse politicians of Eastern cities struggle

in ward elections, the South holds all the Federal honors. They govern

society, dominate in the legislature and in the courts. They dictate

the general superior intercourses of men. The ardent Southrons rule with

iron hand. They are as yet only combated by the pens of Northern-born

editors, and a few fearless souls who rise above the meekly bowing men

of the free States.

All see the approaching downfall of lawless pleasure and vicious license

in San Francisco. Slowly the tide of respectable settlement rises. It

bears away the scum of vice, swept into the Golden Gates in the first

rush. The vile community of escaped convicts and mad adventurers cannot

support itself. "The old order changeth, yielding slowly to the new."

At the head of all public bodies, the gentleman of the South, quick to

avenge his personal honor, aims, with formal "code," and ready

pistol, to dragoon all public sentiment. He is sworn to establish the

superiority of the cavalier.

The first Mayor of San Francisco, a Congressman elect, gifted editor

Edward Gilbert, has already fallen in an affair of honor. The control

of public esteem depends largely on prowess in the duelling field. Every

politician lives up to the code.

Valois ponders over Hardin's advice. Averse to routine business, fond

of a country life, he decides to localize himself. His funds have

increased. His old partner, Joe Woods, is now a man of wealth at

Sacramento. Maxime has no faith in quartz mines. He has no desires to

invest in ship, or factory. He ignores commerce. To be a planter, a man

of mark in the legislature, to revive the glories of the Valois family,

is the lawyer's wish. While he passes the tule-fringed river-banks,

fate is leading him back to Lagunitas. He has led a lonely life, this

brilliant young Creole. In the unrest of his blood, under the teachings

of Hardin, Valois feels the future may bear him away to unfought fields.

The grandsons of those who fought at New Orleans, may win victories,

as wonderful, over the enemies of that South, even if these foes are

brothers born.

Gliding towards his fate, the puppet of the high gods, Maxime Valois may

dream of the surrender of Fort Sumter, and of the Southern Cross soaring

high in victory. Appomattox is far hidden beyond battle-clouds of fields

yet to come! The long road thither has not yet been drenched with the

mingled blood of warring brethren. Dreams! Idle dreams! Glory! Ambition!

Southern rights!

At Stockton, Valois receives tidings from Padre Francisco. Clouds

are settling down on Lagunitas. Squatters are taking advantage of the

defenceless old Mexican. If the Don would save his broad acres, he must

appear in the law-courts of the conquerors.

Alas! the good old days are gone, when the whole State of California

boasted not a single lawyer. These are new conditions. The train of

loyal retainers will never sweep again out of the gates of Lagunitas,

headed by the martial Commandante, in all the bravery of rank and

office. It is the newer day of gain and greed.

Prospecting miners swarm over Mariposa. The butterflies are driven from

rocky knoll and fragrant bower by powder blasts. The woods fall under

the ringing axe of the squatter. Ignorant of new laws and strange

language; strong only in his rights; weak in years, devoid of friends,

Don Miguel's hope is the sage counsel of Padre Francisco. The latter

trusts to Valois' legal skill.

As adviser, Valois repairs to Lagunitas. Old patents, papers heavy with

antique seal and black with stately Spanish flourish, are conned over.

Lines are examined, witnesses probed, defensive measures taken.

Maxime sits; catechizes the Don, the anxious Donna Juanita, and the

padre. Wandering by the shores of Lagunitas, Valois notes the lovely

reflection of the sweet-faced Dolores in the crystal waters. The girl is

fair and modest. Fran‡ois Ribaut often wonders if the young man sees the

rare beauty of the Spanish maiden. If it would come to pass!

Over his beads, the padre murmurs, "It may be well. All well in time."

The cause drags on slowly. After months, the famous case of the

Lagunitas rancho is fought and won.

But before its last coil has dragged out of the halls of justice,

harassed and broken in spirit, Don Miguel closes his eyes upon the ruin

of his race. Born to sorrow, Donna Juanita is a mere shade of womanly

sorrow. She is not without comfort, for the last of the Peraltas has

placed his child's hand in that of Maxime Valois and whispered his

blessing.

"You will be good to my little Dolores, amigo mio," murmurs the old man.

He loves the man whose lance has been couched in his behalf. The man who

saved his life and lands.

Padre Francisco is overjoyed. He noted the drawing near of the young

hearts. A grateful flash, lighting the shining eyes of Dolores, told

the story to Maxime. His defence of her father, his championship of

the family cause, his graceful demeanor fill sweet Dolores' idea of the

perfect "caballero."

The priest with bell, book, and candle, gives all the honors of the

Church to the last lord of Lagunitas. Hard by the chapel, the old

ranchero rests surrounded by the sighing forest. It is singing the same

unvarying song, breathing incense from the altars of nature over the

stout soldier's tomb.

He has fought the fight of his race in vain. When the roses' leaves

drift a second time on the velvet turf, Maxime Valois receives the hand

of Dolores from her mother. The union is blessed by the invocation of

his priestly friend. It is a simple wedding. Bride and groom are all in

all to each other. There are none of the Valois, and not a Peralta to

join in merrymaking.

Padre Francisco and Donna Juanita are happy in the knowledge that the

shy bird of the mountains is mated with the falcon-eyed Creole. He can

defend the lordly heritage of Lagunitas. So, in the rosy summer time,

the foot of the stranger passes as master over the threshold of the

Don's home. The superb domain passes under the dominion of the American.

One by one the old holdings of the Californian families pass away. The

last of the Dons, sleeping in the silence of the tomb, are spared the

bitterness of seeing their quaint race die out. The foreigner is ruling

within their gates. Their unfortunate, scattered, and doomed children

perish in the attrition of a newer civilization.

Narrow-minded, but hospitable; stately and loyal; indifferent to the

future, suspicious of foreigners, they are utterly unable to appreciate

progress. They are powerless to develop or guard their domains.

Abandoned by Mexico, preyed on by squatters, these courtly old rancheros

are now a memory of the past.

This wedding brings life to Lagunitas. The new suzerain organizes a

working force. It is the transition period of California. Hundreds of

thousands of acres only wait for the magic artesian well to smile in

plenty. Valois gathers up the reins. Only a few pensioners remain. The

nomadic cavalry of the natives has disappeared. The suggestion of "work"

sets them "en route." They drift towards the Mexican border. The flocks

and herds are guarded by corps of white attendants. The farm succeeds

the ranch.

Maxime Valois gives his wife her first sight of the Queen City. The

formalities of receiving the "patent" call him to San Francisco.

Padre Francisco remains with Donna Juanita. The new rule is represented

by "Kaintuck," an energetic frontiersman, whose vast experience in

occasional warfare and frequent homicide is a guarantee of finally

holding possession. This worthy left all his scruples at home in

Kentucky, with his proper appellation. He is a veteran ranger.

As yet the lands yield no regular harvests. The ten-leagues-square

tract produces less fruit, garden produce, and edibles, than a ten-acre

Pennsylvania field in the Wyoming. But the revenue is large from the

cattle and horses. The cattle are as wild as deer. The horses are

embodiments of assorted "original sin," and as agile as mountain

goats. Valois knows, however, the income will be ample for general

improvements.

His policy matures. He encourages the settlement of Southerners. He

rents in subdivisions his spare lands.

The Creole, now a landlord, hears the wails of short-sighted men. They

mourn the green summers, the showery months of the East. Moping in

idleness, they assert that California will produce neither cereal crops,

fruits, nor vegetables. Prophets, indeed! The golden hills look bare and

drear to strangers' eyes. The brown plains please not.

In the great realm, apples, potatoes, wheat, corn, the general cereals

and root crops are supposed to be impossible productions. Gold, wild

cattle, and wilder mustangs are the returns of El Dorado. Cultivation is

in its infancy.

The master departs with the dark-eyed bride. She timidly follows

his every wish. Dolores has the education imparted by gentle Padre

Francisco. It makes her capable of mentally expanding in the experiences

of the first journey. The gentle refinement of her race completes her

charms.

To the bride, the steamer, the sights of the bay, crowded with shipping,

and the pageantry of the city are dazzling. The luxuries of city life

are wonders. Relying on her husband, she glides into her new position.

Childishly pleased at the jewels, ornaments, and toilets soon procured

in the metropolis, Donna Dolores Valois is soon one of Eve's true

daughters, arrayed like the lily.

Months roll away. The stimulus of a brighter life develops the girl wife

into a sweetly radiant woman.

Maxime Valois rejoins Philip Hardin. He is now a judge of the Supreme

Court. Stormy days are these of 1855 and the spring of 1856.

Deep professional intrigues busy Valois. Padre Francisco and "Kaintuck"

announce the existence of supposed quartz mines on the rancho. Valois

will not pause in his occupations to risk explorations.

For the Kansas strife, the warring of sections, and the growing

bitterness of free and slave State men make daily life a seething

cauldron. Southern settlers are pouring into the interior. They shun the

cities. In city and country, squatter wars, over lot and claim, excite

the community. San Francisco is a hotbed of politicians and roughs of

the baser sort. While the Southerners generally control the Federal and

State offices, Hardin feels the weakness in their lines has been

the journalistic front of their party. Funds are raised. Pro-slavery

journals spring into life. John Nugent, Pen Johnston, and O'Meara write

with pens dipped in gall, and the ready pistol at hand. Tumult and

fracas disgrace bench, bar, legislature, and general society. The great

wars of Senators Gwin and Broderick precede the separation of Northern

and Southern Democrats. As the summer of 1856 draws on, corruption,

violence, and sectional hatred bitterly divide all citizens. School and

Church, journal and law-giver, work for the right. The strain on the

community increases. While the coast and interior is dotted with cities

and towns, and the Mint pours out floods of ringing gold coins, there

is no confidence. Farm and factory, ship and wagon train, new streets,

extension of the city and material progress show every advancement. But

a great gulf yawns between the human wave of old adventurers, and the

home-makers, now sturdily battling for the inevitable victory.

The plough is speeding in a thousand furrows everywhere. Cattle and

flocks are being graded and improved. Far-sighted men look to franchise

and public association. The day dawns when the giant gaming hells,

flaunting palaces of sin, and the violent army of miscreants must be

suppressed.

Everywhere, California shows the local irritation between the buccaneers

of the first days, and the resolute, respectable citizens. The latter

are united in this local cause, though soon to divide politically on the

battle-field.

Driven from their lucrative vices of old, the depraved element, at

the polls, overawes decency. San Francisco's long wooden wharves, its

precipitous streets, its crowded haunts of the transient, and its flashy

places of low amusement harbor a desperate gang. They are renegades,

deserters, and scum of every seaport--graduates of all human villany.

Aided by demagogues, the rule of the "Roughs" nears its culmination.

Fire companies, militia, train bands, and the police, are rotten to

the core. In this upheaval, affecting only the larger towns, the higher

classes are powerless.

Cut off, by the great plains, from the central government, the State

is almost devoid of telegraphs and has but one little railroad. It has

hostile Indians yet on its borders. The Chinese come swarming in like

rats. The situation of California is critical.

Personal duels and disgraceful quarrels convulse high life. The lower

ranks are ruled only by the revolver. The criminal stalks boldly,

unpunished, in the streets.

The flavor of Americanism is no leaven to this ill-assorted population.

The exciting presidential campaign, in which Fremont leads a new party,

excites and divides the better citizens of the commonwealth.

Though the hills are now studded with happy homes and the native

children of the Golden West are rising in promise, all is unrest. A

local convulsion turns the anger of better elements into the revolution

of the Vigilance Committee of 1856. James Casey's pistol rang out

the knell of the "Roughs" when he murdered the fearless editor of the

leading journal.

Valois, uninterested in this urban struggle, returns to Lagunitas. His

domain rewards his energy.

All is peace by the diamond lake. Senora Dolores, her tutor, Padre

Francisco, and the placid Duenna Juanita make up a pleasant home circle.

It is brightened by luxuries provided by the new lord. Maxime Valois'

voice is heard through the valleys. He travels in support of James

Buchanan, the ante-bellum President. For is not John C. Breckinridge,

the darling son of the South, as vice-president also a promise of

Southern success?

San Francisco throws off its criminals by a spasmodic effort. The

gallows tree has borne its ghastly fruit. Fleeing "Roughs" are

self-expatriated. Others are unceremoniously shipped abroad. The

Vigilance Committee rules. This threshing out of the chaff gives the

State a certain dignity. At least, an effort has been made to purge the

community. All in all, good results--though a Judge of the Supreme Court

sleeps in a guarded cell as a prisoner of self-elected vindicators of

the law.

When the excitement of the presidential election subsides, Maxime Valois

joins the banquets of the Democratic victors. The social atmosphere

is purer. Progress marks the passing months. The State springs forward

toward the second decade of its existence. There is local calm, while

the national councils potter over the Pacific railways. Valois knows

that the great day of Secession approaches. The Sons of the South will

soon raise the banner of the Southern Cross. He knows the purposes of

the cabinet, selected by the conspirators who surround Buchanan. Spring

sees the great departments of the government given over to those who

work for the South. They will arrange government offices, divide the

army, scatter the navy, juggle the treasury and prepare for the coming

storm. The local bitterness heightens into quarrels over spoils.

Judge Philip Hardin, well-versed in the Secession plots, feeds the

ever-burning pride of Valois. From Kansas, from court and Congress, from

the far East, the murmur of the "irrepressible conflict" grows nearer.

Maxime Valois is in correspondence with the head of his family. While at

Lagunitas, the Creole pushes on his works of improvement. He dreams at

night strange dreams of more brilliant successes. Of a new flag and the

triumph of the beloved cause. He will be called as a trusted Southron

into the councils of the coast. Will they cut it off under the Lone Star

flag? This appeals to his ambition.

There are omens everywhere. The Free-State Democrats must be suppressed.

The South must and shall rule.

He often dreams if war and tumult will ever roll, in flame and fire,

over the West. The mists of the future veil his eyes. He waits the

signal from the South. All over California, the wealth of the land peeps

through its surface gilding. There are no clouds yet upon the local

future. No burning local questions at issue here, save the aversion of

the two sections, distrustful of each other.

It needs only the mad attack of John Brown upon Virginia's slave-keepers

to loose the passions of the dwellers by the Pacific. Martyr or

murderer, sage or fanatic, Brown struck the blows which broke the bonds

of the brotherhood of the Revolution. From the year 1858, the breach

becomes too great to bridge. Secretly, Southern plans are perfected to

control the West. While the conspiracy slowly moves on, the haughtiness

of private intercourse admits of no peaceable reunion. Active

correspondence between officials, cool calculations of future resources,

and the elevation to prominent places of men pledged to the South, are

the rapid steps of the maturing plans. On the threshold of war.

For the senators, representatives, and agents in Washington

confidentially report that the code of honor is needed to restrain the

Northerners under personal dragooning. Yankee self-assertion comes at

last.

Around the real leaders of thought their vassals are ranged. Davis,

Toombs, Breckinridge, Yancey, Pryor, Wigfall, Wise, and others direct.

Herbert, Keith, Lamar, Brooks, and a host of cavaliers are ready with

trigger and cartel. The tone at Washington gives the keynote to the

Californian agents of the Southern Rights movement. There are not enough

Potters, Wades, and Landers, as yet. The Northern mind needs time to

realize the deliberation of Secession.

The great leaders of the free States are dead or in the gloomy

retirement of age. Webster and Clay are no more. There are yet men of

might to fight under the banners streaming with the northern lights of

freedom. Douglas, Bell, Sumner, Seward, and Wade are drawing together.

Grave-faced Abraham Lincoln moves out of the background of Western woods

into the sunrise glow of Liberty's brightest day.

On the Pacific coast, restraint has never availed. Here, ancestry and

rank go for naught. Here, men meet without class pride. The struggle is

more equal.

California's Senator, David C. Broderick, was the son of an humble New

York stone-cutter. He grapples with his wily colleague, Senator Gwin.

It is hammer against rapier. Richard and Saladin. Beneath the banners of

the chieftains the free lances of the Pacific range themselves. Neither

doubts the courage of the opposing forces. The blood of the South has

already followed William Walker, the gray-eyed man of destiny, to Sonora

and Nicaragua. They were a splendid band of modern buccaneers. Henry A.

Crabbe found that the Mexican escopetas are deadly in the hands of the

maddened inhabitants of Arispe. Raousset de Boulbon sees his Southern

followers fall under machete and revolver in northern Mexico. The

Southern filibusters are superbly reckless. All are eager to repeat the

glories of Texas and Mexico. They find that the Spanish races of Central

America have learned bitter lessons from the loss of Texas. They know of

the brutal conquest of California. The cry of "Muerte los Americanos!"

rings from Tucson to Darien. The labors of conquest are harder now for

the self-elected generalissimos of these robber bands. "Extension of

territory" is a diplomatic euphemism for organized descents of desperate

murderers. The wholesome lessons of the slaughter in Sonora, the piles

of heads at Arispe, and the crowded graves of Rivas and Castillo, with

the executions in Cuba, prove to the ambitious Southrons that they will

receive from the Latins a "bloody welcome to hospitable graves."

As the days glide into weeks and months, the thirst for blood of the

martial generation overcrowding the South is manifest. On the threshold

of grave events the leaders of Southern Rights restrain further foreign

attempts. The chivalry is now needed at home. Foiled in Cuba and Central

America, restrained by the general government from a new aggressive

movement on Mexico, they decide to turn their faces to the North. They

will carve out a new boundary line for slavery.

The natural treasury of the country is an object of especial interest.

To break away peaceably is hardly possible. But slavery needs more

ground for the increasing blacks. It must be toward the Pacific that

the new Confederacy will gain ground. Gold, sea frontage, Asiatic trade,

forests and fisheries,--all these must come to the South. It is the

final acquisition of California. It was APPARENTLY for the Union, but

REALLY for the South, that the complacent Polk pounced upon California.

He waged a slyly prepared war on Mexico for slavery.

As the restraints of courtesy and fairness are thrown off at Washington,

sectional hostilities sweep over to the Western coast. The bitterness

becomes intense. Pressing to the front, champions of both North and

South meet in private encounters. They admit of neither evasion nor

retreat.

Maxime Valois is ready to shed his blood for the land of the palmetto.

But he will not degrade himself by low intrigue or vulgar encounter.

He learns without regret of the extinction of the filibusters in Sonora,

on the Mexican coast, Cuba, and Central America. He knows it is mad

piracy.

Valois sorrows not when William Walker's blood slakes the stones of the

plaza at Truxillo. A consummation devoutly to be wished.

It is for the whole South he would battle. It is the glorious half of

the greatest land on the globe. For HER great rights, under HER banner,

for State sovereignty he would die. On some worthy field, he would lead

the dauntless riflemen of Louisiana into the crater of death.

THERE, would be the patriot's pride and the soldier's guerdon of valor.

He would be in the van of such an uprising. He scorns to be a petty

buccaneer, a butcher of half-armed natives, a rover and a robber.

In every scene, through the days of 1859, Valois bears himself as a

cavalier. Personal feud was not his object.

In the prominence of his high position, Valois travels the State. He

confers with the secret councils at San Francisco. He is ready to lead

in his regions when needed. The dark cabal of Secession sends out trusty

secret agents, even as Gillespie and Larkin called forth the puppets of

Polk, Buchanan and Marcy to action. Valois hopes his friends can seize

California for the South. Fenced off from Oregon and the East by the

Sierras, there is the open connection with the South by Arizona.

A few regiments of Texan horse can hold this great gold-field for the

South. Valois deems it impossible for California to be recaptured if

once won. He knows that Southern agents are ready to stir up the great

tribes of the plains against the Yankees. The last great force, the

United States Navy, is to be removed. Philip Hardin tells him how the

best ships of the navy are being dismantled, or ordered away to foreign

stations. Great frigates are laid up in Southern navy-yards. Ordnance

supplies and material are pushed toward the Gulf. Appropriations are

expended to aid these plans. The leaders of the army, now scattered

under Southern commanders, are ready to turn over to the South the whole

available national material of war. Never dreaming of aught but success,

Valois fears only that he may be assigned to Western duties. This will

keep him from the triumphal marches over the North. He may miss the

glories of that day when Robert Toombs calls the roll of his blacks

at Bunker Hill Monument. In the prime of life and vigor of mind, he is

rich. He has now a tiny girl child, gladdening sweet Senora Dolores. His

domain blossoms like the rose. Valois has many things to tie him to San

Joaquin. His princely possessions alone would satisfy any man. But he

would leave all this to ride with the Southern hosts in their great

northward march. Dolores sits often lonely now, on the porch of the

baronial residence which has grown up around the Don's old adobe

mansion. Her patient mother lies under the roses, by the side of Don

Miguel.

Padre Francisco, wearied of the mental death in life of these lonely

hills, has delayed his return to France only by the appeals of Maxime

Valois. He wants a friend at Lagunitas if he takes the field. If he

should be called East, who would watch over his wife and child? Fran‡ois

Ribaut, a true Frenchman at heart, looks forward to some quiet cloister,

where he can see once more the twin towers of Notre Dame. The golden

dome of the Invalides calls him back. He sadly realizes that his life

has been uselessly wasted. The Indians are either cut off, chased away,

or victims of fatal diseases. The Mexicans have fallen to low estate.

Their numbers are trifling. He has no flock. He is only a lonely

shepherd. With the Americans his gentle words avail nothing. The

Catholics of the cities have brought a newer Church hierarchy with them.

"Home to France," is his longing now.

In the interior, quarrels bring about frequent personal encounters

between political disputants. The Northern sympathizers, stung by jeer,

and pushed to the wall, take up their weapons and stand firm--a new fire

in their eyes. The bravos of slavery meet fearless adversaries. In the

cities, the wave of political bitterness drowns all friendly impulses.

Every public man takes his life in his hand. The wars of Broderick and

Gwin, Field and Terry, convulse the State. Lashed into imprudence by

each other's attacks, David C. Broderick and David S. Terry look into

each other's pistols. They stand face to face in the little valley by

Merced Lake. Sturdy Colton, and warm-hearted Joe McKibbin, second the

fearless Broderick. Hayes and the chivalric Calhoun Benham are the aids

of the lion-hearted Terry. It is a meeting of giants. Resolution against

deadly nerve. Brave even to rashness, both of them know it is the first

blood of the fight between South and North. Benham does well as, with

theatrical flourish, he casts Terry's money on the sod. The grass is

soon to be stained with the blood of a leader. This is no mere money

quarrel. It is a duel to the death; a calm assertion of the fact that

neither in fray, in the forum, nor on the battle-field, will the North

go back one inch. It is high time.

Broderick, the peer of his superb antagonist, knows that the pretext of

Terry's challenge is a mere excuse. It is first blood in the inevitable

struggle for the western coast. With no delay, the stout-hearted

champions, friends once, stand as foes in conflict. David Terry's

ball cuts the heart-strings of a man who had been his loving political

brother. His personal friend once and a gallant comrade. Broderick's

blood marks the fatal turning-off of the Northern Democrats from their

Southern brothers. As Terry lowers his pistol, looking unpityingly at

the fallen giant, he does not realize he has cut the cords tying the

West to the South. It was a fatal deed, this brother's murder. It was

the mistake of a life, hitherto high in purpose. The implacable Terry

would have shuddered could he have looked over the veiled mysteries

of thirty years to come. It was beyond human ken. Even he might have

blenched at the strange life-path fate would lead him over. Over

battle-fields where the Southern Cross rises and falls like Mokanna's

banner, back across deserts, to die under the deadly aim of an obscure

minion of the government he sought to pull down. After thirty years,

David S. Terry, judge, general, and champion of the South, was destined

to die at the feet of his brother-judge, whose pathway inclined

Northwardly from that ill-starred moment.

Maxime Valois saw in the monster memorial meeting on the plaza, that the

cause of the South was doomed in the West. While Baker's silver voice

rises in eulogy over Broderick, the Louisianian sees a menace in the

stern faces of twenty thousand listeners. The shade of the murdered

mechanic-senator hovers at their local feast, a royal Banquo, shadowy

father of political kings yet to be.

The clarion press assail the awful deed. Boldly, the opponents of

slavery draw out in the community. There is henceforth no room for

treason on the Western coast. Only covert conspiracy can neutralize the

popular wave following Broderick's death. Dissension rages until the

fever of the Lincoln campaign excites the entire community. The pony

express flying eastward, the rapidly approaching telegraph, the southern

overland mail with the other line across the plains, bring the news of

Eastern excitement. Election battles, Southern menace, and the tidings

of the triumph of Republican principles, reach the Pacific. Abraham

Lincoln is the elected President.

Valois is heavy-hearted when he learns of the victory of freedom at

the polls. He would be glad of some broad question on which to base the

coming war. His brow is grave, as he realizes the South must now bring

on at moral disadvantage the conflict. The war will decide the fate

of slavery. Broderick's untimely death and the crushing defeat of the

elections are bad omens. It is with shame he learns of the carefully

laid plots to seduce leading officers of the army and navy. The South

must bribe over officials, and locate government property for the use of

the conspirators. It labors with intrigue and darkness, to prepare for

what he feels should be a gallant defiance. It should be only a solemn

appeal to the god of battles.

He sadly arranges his personal affairs, to meet the separations of

the future. He sits with his lovely, graceful consort, on the banks of

Lagunitas. He is only waiting the throwing-off of the disguise which

hides the pirate gun-ports of the cruiser, Southern Rights. The hour

comes before the roses bloom twice over dead Broderick, on the stately

slopes of Lone Mountain.

BOOK III

GOING HOME TO DIXIE: STARS AND STRIPES, OR STARS AND BARS?

CHAPTER X

A LITTLE DINNER AT JUDGE HARDIN'S.--THE KNIGHTS OF THE GOLDEN CIRCLE.

The rain drips drearily around Judge Hardin's spacious residence in

San Francisco. January, 1861, finds the sheltering trees higher. The

embowered shade hides to-night an unusual illumination. Winter breezes

sigh through the trees. Showers of spray fall from acacia and vine. As

the wet fog drives past, the ship-lights on the bay are almost hidden.

When darkness brings out sweeping lines of the street-lamps, many

carriages roll up to the open doors.

A circle of twenty or thirty intimates gathers in the great dining-room.

At the head of the table, Hardin welcomes the chosen representatives of

the great Southern conspiracy in the West. His residence, rarely thrown

open to the public, has grown with the rise of his fortunes. Philip

Hardin must be first in every attribute of a leading judge and

publicist. Lights burn late here since the great election of 1860.

Men who are at the helm of finance, politics, and Federal power are

visitors. Editors and trusted Southrons drop in, by twos and threes,

secretly. There is unwonted social activity.

The idle gossips are silent. These visitors are all men, unaccompanied

by their families. Woman's foot never crosses this threshold. In the

wings of the mansion, a lovely face is sometimes seen at a window. It is

a reminder of the stories of that concealed beauty who has reigned years

in the mansion on the hill.

Is it a marriage impending? Is it some great scheme? Some new monetary

institution to be launched?

These vain queries remain unanswered. There is a mystic password given

before joining the feast. Southerners, tried and true, are the diners.

Maxime Valois sits opposite his associate. It is not only a hospitable

welcome the Judge extends, but the mystic embrace of the Knights of the

Golden Circle. In feast and personal enjoyment the moments fly by. The

table glitters with superb plate. It is loaded with richest wines and

the dainties of the fruitful West. The board rings under emphatic blows

of men who toast, with emphasis, the "Sunny South." In their flowing

cups, old and new friends are remembered. There is not one glass raised

to the honor of the starry flag which yet streams out boldly at the

Golden Gate.

The feast is of conspirators who are sworn to drag that flag at their

horses' heels in triumph. Men nurtured under it.

Judge Hardin gives the signal of departure for the main hall. In an hour

or so they are joined by others who could not attend the feast.

The meeting of the Knights of the Golden Circle proceeds with mystic

ceremony. The windows, doors, and avenues are guarded. In the grounds

faithful brothers watch for any sneaking spy. Every man is heavily

armed. It would be short shrift to the foe who stumbles on this meeting

of deadly import.

It is the supreme moment to impart the last orders of the Southern

leaders. The Washington chiefs assign the duties of each, in view of the

violent rupture which will follow Lincoln's inauguration.

Fifty or sixty in number, these brave and desperate souls are ready to

cast all in jeopardy. Life, fortune, and fame. They represent every city

and county of California.

Hardin, high priest of this awful propaganda, opens the business of the

session with a cool statement of facts. Every man is now sworn and under

obligation to the work. Hardin's eye kindles as he sees these brothers

of the Southern Cross. Each of them has a dozen friends or subordinates

under him. To them these tidings will be only divulged under the awful

seal of the death penalty. There are scores of army and navy officers

with high civil officials on the coast whose finely drawn scruples will

keep them out until the first gun is fired, Then these powerful allies,

freed by resignation, can come in. They are holding places of power and

immense importance to the last. The Knights are wealthy, powerful, and

desperate.

As Valois hears Hardin's address, he appreciates the labor of years, in

weaving the network which is to hold California, Arizona, and New

Mexico for the South. Utah and Nevada are untenanted deserts. The Mormon

regions are neutral and only useful as a geographical barrier to

Eastern forces. Oregon and Washington are to be ignored. There the hardy

woodsmen and rugged settlers represent the ingrained "freedom worship"

of the Northwest. They are farmers and lumbermen. All acknowledge it

useless to tempt them out of the fold. Oregon's star gleams now firmly

fixed in the banner of Columbia. And the great Sierras fence them off.

The speaker announces that each member of the present circle will be

authorized, on returning, to organize and extend the circles of the

Order. Notification of matters of moment will be made by qualified

members, from circle to circle. Thus, orders will pass quickly over the

State. The momentous secrets cannot be trusted to mail, express, or the

local telegraphs.

Hardin calls up member after member, to give their views. The general

plan is discussed by the circle. Keen-eyed secretaries note and arrange

opinions and remarks.

Hardin announces that all arrangements are made to use all initiated

members going East as bearers of despatches. They are available for

special interviews, with the brothers who are in every large Northern

city and even in the principal centres of Europe.

Ample funds have been forthcoming from the liberal leaders of the local

movement. Millions are already promised by the branches at the East.

Wild cheers hail Judge Hardin's address. He outlines the policy, so

artfully laid out, for the cut-off Western contingent. In foaming wine,

the fearless coterie pledges the South till the rafters ring again. The

"Bonnie Blue Flag" rings out, as it does in many Western households,

with "Dixie's" thrilling strains.

The summing up of Hardin is concise: "We are to hold this State until

we have orders to open hostilities. Our numbers must not be reduced by

volunteers going East. Our presence will keep the Yankee troops from

going East. We want the gold of the mines here, to sustain our finances.

We have as commanding General, Albert Sidney Johnston, the ideal soldier

of America, who will command the Mississippi. Lee, Beauregard, and Joe

Johnston will operate in the East. The fight will be along the border

lines. We will capture Washington, and seize New York and Philadelphia.

A grand Southern army will march from Richmond to Boston. Another from

Nashville to Cincinnati and Chicago. Johnston will hold on here, until

forced to resign. Many officers go with him. We shall know of this, and

throw ourselves on the arsenals and forts here, capturing the stores and

batteries. The militia and independent companies will come over to us at

once. With Judge Downey, a Democratic governor, no levies will be called

out against us. The navy is all away, or in our secret control. Once in

possession of this State, we will fortify the Sierra Nevada passes.

We are prepared. Congress has given us $600,000 a year to keep up the

Southern overland mail route. It runs through slave-holding territory to

Arizona. Every station and relay has been laid out to suit us. We will

have trusty friends and supplies, clear through Arizona and over the

Colorado. At the outbreak, we will seize the whole system. It is the

shortest and safest line."

Hardin, lauding the skilful plans of a complacent Cabinet officer, did

not know that the Southern idea was to connect Memphis direct with Los

Angeles.

It was loyal John Butterfield of New York, who artfully bid for a DOUBLE

service from Memphis and St. Louis, uniting at Fort Smith, Arkansas, and

virtually defeated this sly move of slavery.

Judge Hardin, pausing in pride, could not foresee that Daniel

Butterfield, the gallant son of a loyal sire, would meet the chivalry

of the South as the Marshal of the greatest field of modern times--awful

Gettysburg!

While Hardin plotted in the West, Daniel Butterfield in the East

personally laid out every detail of this great service, so as to

checkmate the Southern design, were the Mississippi given over to loyal

control.

The afterwork of Farragut and Porter paralyzed the Southern line

of advance; and on the Peninsula, at Fredericksburg, at Resaca and

Chancellorsville, Major-General Daniel Butterfield met in arms many of

the men who listened to Hardin's gibes as to the outwitted Yankee mail

contractors.

Hardin, complacent, and with no vision of the awful fields to come,

secure in his well-laid plans, resumes:

"Thus aided through Arizona we will admit a strong column of Texan

dragoons. We shall take Fort Yuma, Fort Mojave, and the forts in

Arizona, as well as Forts Union and Craig in New Mexico. We will then

be able to control the northern overland road. We will hold the southern

line, and our forces will patrol Arizona. Mexico will furnish us ports

and supplies.

"Should the Northerners attempt to push troops over the plains, we will

attack them, in flank, from New Mexico. We can hold, thus, New Mexico,

Arizona, southern Utah, and all of California, by our short line from El

Paso to San Diego. We are covered on one flank by Mexico."

The able brethren are ready with many suggestions. Friendly spies in the

Department at Washington have announced the intended drawing East of the

regular garrisons. It is suggested that the forts, and in fact the whole

State, be seized while the troops are in transit.

Another proposes the fitting out of several swift armed steam

letters-of-marque from San Francisco, to capture the enormous Yankee

tonnage now between China, Cape Horn, Australia, and California. The

whaling fleet is the object of another. He advises sending a heavily

armed revenue cutter, when seized, to the Behring Sea to destroy the

spring whalers arriving from Honolulu too late for any warning, from

home, of the hostilities.

A number of active committees are appointed. One, of veteran rangers,

to select frontiersmen to stir up the Indians to attack the northern

overland mail stations. Another, to secretly confer with the officers

of the United States Mint, Custom-House, and Sub-Treasury. Another, to

socially engage the leading officers of the army and navy, and win them

over, or develop their real feelings. Every man of mark in the State is

listed and canvassed.

The "high priest" announces that the families of those detailed for

distant duty will be cared for by the general committee. Each member

receives the mystic tokens. Orders are issued to trace up all stocks of

arms and ammunition on the coast.

The seizure of the Panama Railroad, thus cutting off quick movement of

national troops, is discussed. Every man is ordered to send in lists

of trusty men as soon as mustered into the new mystery. Convenient

movements of brothers from town to town are planned out. Only true sons

of the sunny South are to be trusted.

In free converse, the duty of watching well-known Unionists is enjoined

upon all. Name by name, dangerous men of the North are marked down for

proscription or special action. "Removal," perhaps.

With wild cheers, the Knights of the Golden Circle receive the news

that the South is surely going out. The dream long dear to the Southern

heart! Any attempt of the senile Buchanan to reinforce the garrisons of

the national forts will be the signal for the opening roar of the stolen

guns. They know that the inauguration of Lincoln on March 4, 1861, means

war without debate. He dare not abandon his trust. He will be welcomed

with a shotted salute across the Potomac.

When the move "en masse" is made, the guests, warmed with wine and full

of enthusiasm, file away. Hardin and Valois sit late. The splashing rain

drenches the swaying trees of the Judge's hillside retreat.

Lists and papers of the principal men on both sides, data and statistics

of stock and military supplies, maps, and papers, are looked at. The

deep boom of the Cathedral bell, far below them, beats midnight as the

two friends sit plotting treason.

There is something mystical in the exact hour of midnight. The rich note

startles Hardin. Cold, haughty, crafty, and able, his devotion to the

South is that of the highest moral courage. It is not the exultation

which culminates rashly on the battle-field. These lurid scenes are for

younger heroes.

His necessary presence in the West, his age and rank, make him

invaluable, out of harness. His scheming brain is needed, not his ready

sword.

He pours out a glass of brandy, saying, "Valois, tell me of our

prospects here. You know the interior as well as any man in the State."

Maxime unburdens his mind. "Judge, I fear we are in danger of losing

this coast. I have looked over the social forces of the State. The

miners represent no principle. They will cut no figure on either side.

They would not be amenable to discipline. The Mexicans certainly will

not sympathize with us. We are regarded as the old government party. The

Black Republicans are the 'liberals.' The natives have lost all, under

us. We will find them fierce enemies. We cannot undo the treatment of

the Dons." Hardin gravely assents.

"Now, as to the struggle. Our people are enthusiastic and better

prepared. The nerve of the South will carry us to early victory. The

North thinks we do not mean fight. Our people may neglect to rush troops

from Texas over through Arizona. We should hold California from the very

first. I know the large cities are against us. The Yankees control the

shipping and have more money than we. We should seize this coast, prey

on the Pacific fleets, strike a telling blow, and with Texan troops (who

will be useless there) make sure of the only gold-yielding regions of

America. Texas is safe. We hold the Gulf at New Orleans. Yankee gunboats

cannot reach the shallow Texas harbors. Unless we strike boldly now, the

coast is lost forever. If our people hold the Potomac, the Ohio, and

the Missouri (after a season's victories), without taking Cincinnati and

Washington, and securing this coast, we will go down, finally, when the

North wakes up. Its power is immense. If Europe recognizes us we are

safe. I fear this may not be."

"And you think the Northerners will fight," says Hardin.

"Judge," replies Valois, "you and I are alone. I tell you frankly we

underestimate the Yankees. From the first, on this coast we have lost

sympathy. They come back at us always. Broderick's death shows us these

men have nerve." Valois continues: "That man is greater dead than alive.

I often think of his last words, 'They have killed me because I was

opposed to a corrupt administration and the extension of slavery.'"

Hardin finishes his glass. "It seems strange that men like Broderick and

Terry, who sat on the bench of the Supreme Court (a senator and a great

jurist), should open the game. It was unlucky. It lost us the Northern

Democrats. We would have been better off if Dave Terry had been killed.

He would have been a dead hero. It would have helped us."

Valois shows that, in all the sectional duels and killings on the coast,

the South has steadily lost prestige. The victims were more dangerous

dead than alive. Gilbert, Ferguson, Broderick, and others were costly

sacrifices.

Hardin muses: "I think you are right, Maxime, in the main. Our people

are in the awkward position of fighting the Constitution, and the old

flag is a dead weight against us. We must take the initiative in an

unnecessary war. This Abe Lincoln is no mere mad fool. I will send a

messenger East, and urge that ten thousand Texan cavalry be pushed right

over to Arizona. We must seize the coast. You are right! There is one

obstacle, Valois, I cannot conquer."

"What is that?" says Maxime.

"It is Sidney Johnston's military honor," thoughtfully says Hardin. "He

is no man to be played with. He will not act till he has left the old

army regularly. He will wait his commission from our confederacy. He

will then resign and go East."

"It will be too late," cries Valois. "We will be forgotten, and so lose

California."

"The worst is that the coast will stand neutral," says Hardin.

"Now, Judge," Valois firmly answers, "I have heard to-night talk of

running up the 'bear flag,' 'the lone star,' 'the palmetto banner,' or

'the flag of the California Republic,' on the news of war. I hope they

will not do so rashly."

"Why?" says Hardin.

"I think they will swing under the new flags on the same pole," cries

Valois, pacing the room. "If there is failure here, I shall go East.

Judge Valois offers me a Louisiana regiment. If this war is fought out,

I do not propose to live to see the Southern Cross come down."

The Creole pauses before the Judge, who replies, "You must stay here; we

must get California out of the Union."

"If we do not, then the cause lies on Lone Mountain," says Valois,

pointing westward toward the spot where a tall shaft already bears

Broderick's name.

Hardin nods assent. "It was terrific, that appeal of Baker's," he

murmurs.

Both felt that Baker (now Senator from Oregon) would call up the mighty

shade of the New York leader. Neither could foresee the career of the

eulogist of Broderick, after his last matchless appeals to an awakening

North. That denunciation in the Senate sent the departing Southern

senators away, smarting under the scorpion whip of his peerless

invective. Baker was doomed to come home cold in death from the red

field of Ball's Bluff, and lie on the historic hill, beside his murdered

friend.

The plotters in the cold midnight hours then, the glow of feeling fading

away, say "Good-night." They part, looking out over twinkling lights

like the great camps soon to rise on Eastern plain and river-bank. Will

the flag of the South wave in TRIUMPH HERE? Ah! Who can read the future?

Cut off from the East, the excited Californians burn in high fever. The

grim dice of fate are being cast. Slowly, the Northern pine and Southern

palm sway toward the crash of war. As yet only journals hurl defiance

at each other. Every day has its duties for Hardin and Valois; they know

that every regimental mess-room is canvassed; each ship's ward-room is

sounded; officers are flattered and won over; woman lends her persuasive

charms; high promised rank follows the men who yield.

In these negotiations, no one dares to breed discontent among the common

soldiers and sailors. It is madness to hope to turn the steady loyalty

of the enlisted men. They are as true in both services as the blue they

wear. Nice distinctions begin at the epaulet. Hardin and Valois are

worn and thoughtful. The popular tide of feelings is not for the South.

Separation must be effective, to rouse enthusiasm. The organization

of the Knights of the Golden Circle proceeds quickly, but events are

quicker.

The seven States partly out of the Union; the yet unfinished ranks of

the Southern Confederacy; the baffling questions of compromise with the

claims and rights of the South to national property are agitated. The

incredulous folly of the North and the newspaper sympathy of the great

Northern cities drag the whole question of war slowly along. In the

West (a month later in news), the people fondly believe the bonds of the

Union will not be broken.

Many think the South will drop out quietly. Lincoln's policy is utterly

unknown. Distance has dulled the echo of the hostile guns fired at the

STAR OF THE WEST by armed traitors, on January 9, at Charleston.

Jefferson Davis's shadowy Confederacy of the same fatal date is regarded

as only a temporary menace to the Union. The great border States are not

yet in line.

Paltering old President Buchanan has found no warrant to draw the

nation's sword in defence of the outraged flag.

Congress is a camp of warring enemies. Even the conspirators cling to

their comfortable chairs.

It is hard to realize, by the blue Pacific, that the flag is already

down. No one knows the fatal dead line between "State" and "Union."

So recruits come in slowly to the Knights of the Golden Circle, in

California. Secession is only a dark thunder-cloud, hanging ominously in

the sky. The red lightning of war lingers in its sulphury bosom.

Hardin, Valois, and the Knights toil to secure their ends. They know not

that their vigorous foes have sent trusted messengers speeding eastward

to secure the removal of General Albert Sidney Johnston. There is a

Union League digging under their works!

The four electoral votes of California cast for Lincoln tell him the

State is loyal. An accidental promotion of Governor Latham to the

Senate, places John G. Downey in the chair of California. If not a

"coercionist," he is certainly no "rebel." The leaders of the Golden

Circle feel that chivalry in the West is crushed, unless saved by

a "coup de main." McDougall is a war senator. Latham, ruined by his

prediction that California would go South or secede alone, sinks into

political obscurity. The revolution, due to David Terry's bullet,

brought men like Phelps, Sargent, T. W. Park, and John Conness to the

front. Other Free-State men see the victory of their principles with

joy. Sidney Johnston is the last hope of the Southern leaders. The old

soldier's resignation speeds eastward on the pony express. Day by day,

exciting news tells of the snapping of cord after cord. Olden amity

disappears in the East. The public voice is heard.

The mantle of heroic Baker as a political leader falls upon the boy

preacher, Thomas Starr King. He boldly raises the song of freedom. It is

now no time to lurk in the rear. Men, hitherto silent; rally around the

flag.

The "Union League" grows fast, as the "Golden Circle" extends. All over

California, resolute men swear to stand by the flag. Stanford and Low

are earning their governorships. From pulpit and rostrum the cry of

secession is raised by Dr. Scott and the legal meteor Edmund Randolph,

now sickening to his death. Randolph, though a son of Virginia, with,

first, loyal impulses, sent despatches to President Lincoln that

California was to be turned over to the South. He disclosed that

Jefferson Davis had already sent Sidney Johnston a Major-General's

commission. Though he finally follows the course of his native State,

Randolph rendered priceless service to the Union cause in the West.

General Edward V. Sumner is already secretly hurrying westward. He is

met at Panama by the Unionist messengers. They turn back with him. In

every city and county the Unionists and Southerners watch each other.

While Johnston's resignation flies eastward, Sumner is steaming up the

Mexican coast, unknown to the conspirators.

In the days of March and April, 1861, one excited man could have plunged

the Pacific Coast into civil warfare. All unconscious of the deadly gun

bellowing treason on April 12th at Charleston, as the first shell

burst over Sumter, the situation remained one of anxious tension in

California. The telegraph is not yet finished. On April 19th, General

Sumner arrived unexpectedly. He was informed of local matters by the

loyalists. General Sidney Johnston, astonished and surprised, turned

over his command at once. Without treasonable attempt, he left the

Golden Gate. When relieved, he was no longer in the service. Speeding

over the Colorado deserts to Texas, the high-minded veteran rode out to

don the new gray uniform, and to die in the arms of an almost decisive

victory at Shiloh.

Well might the South call that royal old soldier to lead its hosts.

Another half hour of Albert Sidney Johnston at Shiloh, and the history

of the United States might have been changed by his unconquered sword.

Lofty in his aims, adored by his subordinates, he was a modern Marshal

Ney. The Southern cypress took its darkest tinge around his untimely

grave. Sidney Johnston had all the sterling qualities of Lee, and even a

rarer magnetism of character.

Honor placed one fadeless wreath upon his tomb. He would not play the

ignoble part of a Twiggs or a Lynde. He offered a stainless sword to the

Bonnie Blue Flag.

The gravity of his farewell, the purity of his private character, the

affection of his personal friends, are tributes to the great soldier.

He nearly crushed the Union army in his tiger-like assault at Shiloh.

By universal consent, the ablest soldier of the "old army," he was

sacrificed to the waywardness of fate. Turns of Fortune's wheel.

California was stunned by the rapidity of Sumner's grasp of the reins of

command. Before the Knights of the Golden Circle could move, the control

of the State and the coast was lost to them forever. Forts and arsenals,

towns and government depositories, navy-yards and vessels, were guarded.

Following this action of Sumner, on May 10th the news of Sumter, and

the uprising of the North, burst upon friend and foe in California. The

loyal men rallied in indignation, overawing the Southern element. The

oath of fealty was renewed by thousands. California's star was that

day riveted in the flag. An outraged people deposed Judge Hardy, who

so feebly prosecuted the slayer of Broderick. Every avenue was guarded.

Conspiracy fled to back rooms and side streets. Here were no Federal

wrongs to redress. On the spot where Broderick's body lay, under Baker's

oratory, the multitude listened to the awakened patriots of the West.

The Pacific Coast was saved.

The madness of fools who fluttered a straggling "bear flag," "palmetto

ensign," or "lone star," caused them to flee in terror.

Stanley, Lake, Crockett, Starr King, General Shields, and others, echoed

the pledges of their absent comrades in New York. Organization, for the

Union, followed. Even the maddest Confederate saw the only way to serve

the South was to sneak through the lines to Texas. The telegraph was

completed in October, 1861. The government had then daily tidings from

the loyal sentinels calling "All's well," on fort and rampart, from San

Juan Island to Fort Yuma.

Troops were offered everywhere. The only region in California where

secessionists were united was in San Joaquin.

While public discussion availed, Hardin and Valois listened to Thornton,

Crittenden, Morrison, Randolph, Dr. Scott, Weller, Whitesides, Hoge, and

Nugent. But the time for hope was past. The golden sun had set for ever.

Fifteen regiments of Californian troops, in formation, were destined

to hold the State. They guarded the roads to Salt Lake and Arizona. The

arsenals and strongholds were secured. The chance of successful invasion

from Texas vanished. It was the crowning mistake of the first year of

secession, not to see the value of the Pacific Coast. From the first

shot, the Pacific Railroad became a war measure. The iron bands tied

East and West in a firm union.

Gwin's departure and Randolph's death added to the Southern

discomfiture. No course remained for rebels but to furtively join the

hosts of treason. Flight to the East.

In the wake of Sidney Johnston went many men of note. Garnett, Cheatham,

Brooks, Calhoun, Benham, Magruder, Phil Herbert, and others, with Dan

Showalter and David Terry, each fresh from the deadly field of honor.

Kewen, Weller, and others remained to be silenced by arrest. All over

the State a hegira commenced which ended in final defeat. Many graves

on the shallow-trenched battle-fields were filled by the Californian

exiles. Not in honor did these devoted men and hundreds of their friends

leave the golden hills. Secretly they fled, lest their romantic quest

might land them in a military prison. Those unable to leave gave aid

to the absent. Sulking at home, they deserted court and mart to avoid

personal penalties.

It was different with many of the warm-hearted Californian sons of the

South who were attached to the Union. Cut off in a distant land, they

held aloof from approving secession. Grateful for the shelter of the

peaceful land in which their hard-won homes were made, it was only after

actual war that the ties of blood carried them away and ranged them

under the Stars and Bars. When the Southern ranks fell, in windrows, on

the Peninsula, hundreds of these manly Californians left to join their

brethren. They had clung to the Union till their States went out one by

one. They sadly sought the distant fields of action, and laid down their

lives for the now holy cause.

The attitude of these gallant men was noble. They scorned the burrowing

conspirators who dug below the foundations of the national constitution.

These schemers led the eager South into a needless civil war.

The holiest feelings of heredity dragged the Southerners who lingered

into war. It was a sacrifice of half of the splendid generation which

fought under the Southern Cross.

When broken ranks appealed for the absent, when invaded States and

drooping hopes aroused desperation, the last California contingents

braved the desert dangers. Indian attack and Federal capture were

defied, only to die for the South on its sacred soil. "Salut aux

braves!" The loyalists of California were restrained from disturbing

the safe tenure of the West by depleting the local Union forces. Abraham

Lincoln saw that the Pacific columns should do no more than guard the

territories adjacent. To hold the West and secure the overland roads

was their duty. To be ready to march to meet an invasion or quell an

uprising. This was wisdom.

But the country called for skilled soldiers and representative men to

join the great work of upholding the Union. A matchless contingent of

Union officers went East.

California had few arms-bearing young Americans to represent its first

ten years of State existence. But it returned to the national government

men identified with the Pacific Coast, who were destined to be leaders

of the Union hosts.

Grant, Sherman, Sheridan, Thomas, Halleck, Hancock, Hooker, Keyes,

Naglee, Baker, Ord, Farragut (the blameless Nelson of America), Canby,

Fremont, Shields, McPherson, Stoneman, Stone, Porter, Boggs, Sumner,

Heintzelman, Lander, Buell, with other old residents of the coast, drew

the sword. Wool, Denver, Geary, and many more, whose abilities had been

perfected in the struggles of the West, took high rank.

Where the young were absent (by reason of the infancy of the State),

these men were returned to the government. They went with a loyalty

undimmed, in the prime of their powers. Even the graceful McClellan was

identified with the Pacific Railway survey. Around the scenes of their

early manhood, the halo of these loyal men will ever linger, and gild

the name of "Pioneer." It can never be forgotten that without the stormy

scenes of Western life, without the knowledge of the great golden empire

and the expansion of powers due to their lessons on plain and prairie,

many of these men would have relapsed into easy mediocrity.

The completed telegraph, military extension of lines, and the active

Union League, secured California to the Union.

The gigantic game of war rolled its red pageantry over Eastern fields.

Bull Run fired the Southern heart. Hardin and Valois learned the

Southern Government would send a strong expedition to hold New Mexico

and Arizona. Local aid was arranged by the Knights of the Golden Circle

to, at last, seize California. It was so easy to whip Yankees. The

Knights were smiling.

At the risk of their lives, two Southern messengers reached San

Francisco. One by Panama. The other crossed Arizona and examined the

line of march. He rode, warning sympathizers to await the Confederate

flag, which now waved in triumph at Munson's Hill, in plain sight of the

guarded capitol.

Valois fears this Western raid may be too late. For the Navy Department

reinforces the Pacific fleet. Valois explains to Hardin that his

prophecy is being realized. The Confederates, with more men than are

needed, hold their lines of natural defence. The fruits of Bull Run

are lost. While letters by every steamer come from Northern spies,

Washington friends, and Southern associates, the journals tell them of

the deliberate preparation of the North for a struggle to the death. The

giant is waking up.

Valois mourns the madness of keeping the flower of the South inactive.

A rapid Northern invasion should humble the administration. The ardent

Texans should be thrown at once into California, leaving New Mexico and

Arizona for later occupation.

There is no reason why the attack should not be immediate. Under the

stimulus of Bull Run the entire Southern population of California would

flock to the new standard. Three months should see the Confederate

cavalry pasturing their steeds in the prairies of California.

The friends sicken at the delay, as weary months drag on. Sibley's

Texans should be now on the Gila. They have guides, leaders, scouts, and

spies from the Southern refugees pouring over the Gila. Every golden

day has its gloomy sunset. Hardin's brow furrows with deep lines. His

sagacity tells him that the time has passed for the movement to succeed.

And he is right. Sibley wearies out the winter in Texas. The magnet of

Eastern fields of glory draws the fiery Texans across the Mississippi.

The Californian volunteers are arming and drilling. They stream out

to Salt Lake. They send the heavy column of General Carleton toward El

Paso.

The two chiefs of the Golden Circle are unaware of the destination of

Carleton. Loyalty has learned silence. There are no traitor department

clerks here, to furnish maps, plans, and duplicate orders.

Canby in New Mexico, unknown to the secessionists of California, aided

by Kit Carson, gathers a force to strike Sibley in flank. It is fatal

to Californian conquest. Hardin and Valois learn of the lethargy of the

great Confederate army, flushed with success. Sibley's dalliance at Fort

Bliss continues.

The "army of New Mexico," on September 19, 1861, is only a few hundreds

of mounted rangers and Texan youth under feeble Sibley.

From the first, Jefferson Davis's old army jealousies and hatred of able

men of individuality, hamstring the Southern cause. A narrow-minded man

is Davis, the slave of inveterate prejudice. With dashing Earl Van Dorn,

sturdy Ben Ewell, and dozens of veteran cavalry leaders at his service,

knowing every foot of the road, he could have thrown his Confederate

column into California. Three months after Sumter's fall, California

should have been captured. Davis allows an old martinet to ruin the

Confederate cause in the Pacific.

The operation is so easy, so natural, and so necessary, that it looks

like fatuity to neglect the golden months of the fall of 1861.

Especially fitted for bold dashes with a daring leader, the Texans throw

themselves, later, uselessly against the flaming redoubts of Corinth.

They are thrown into mangled heaps before Battery Robinett, dying for

the South. Their military recklessness has never been surpassed in the

red record of war.

Though gallant in the field, President Jefferson Davis, seated on a

throne of cotton, gazes across the seas for England's help. He craves

the aid of France. He allows narrow prejudice to blind him to any

part of the great issue, save the military pageantry of his unequalled

Virginian army. It is the flower of the South, and moves only on the

sacred soil of Virginia. Davis, restrained by antipathies, haughty, and

distant, is deaf to the thrilling calls of the West for that dashing

column. It would have gained him California. Weakness of mind kept him

from hurling his victorious troops on Washington, or crossing the Ohio

to divide the North while yet unprepared. Active help could then be

looked for from Northern Democrats. But he masses the South in Virginia.

As winter wears on the movement of Carleton's and Canby's preparations

are disclosed by Southern friends, who run the gauntlet with these

discouraging news.

Sibley lingered with leaden heels at Fort Bliss. The Confederate riders

are not across the Rio Grande. Valois grows heartsick.

Broken in hopes, wearied with plotting, mistrusted by the community,

Hardin knows the truth at last. The words, "Too late!" ring in his ears.

It will be only some secret plot which can now hope to succeed in the

West.

Davis and Lee are wedded to Virginia. The haughty selfishness of the

"mother of presidents" demands that every interest of the Confederacy

shall give way to morbid State vanity. Virginia is to be the graveyard

of the gallant Southern generation in arms.

Every other pass may be left unguarded. The chivalry of the Stars and

Bars must crowd Virginia till their graves fill the land. Unnecessarily

strong, with a frontier defended by rivers, forests, and chosen

positions, it becomes Fortune's sport to huddle the bulk of the

Confederate forces into Lee's army.

It allows the Border, Gulf, and Western States to fall a prey to

the North. The story of Lee's ability has been told by an adoring

generation. The record of his cold military selfishness is shown in the

easy conquests of the heart of the South. Their natural defenders were

drafted to fill those superb legions, operating under the eyes of Davis

and controlled by the slightest wish of imperious Lee.

Albert Sidney Johnston, Beauregard, and the fighting tactician, Joe

Johnston, were destined to feel how fatal was the military favoritism of

Jefferson Davis. Davis threw away Vicksburg, and the Mississippi later,

to please Lee. All for Virginia.

Stung with letters from Louisiana, reproaching him for inaction while

his brethren were meeting the Northern invaders, Valois decides to

go East. He will join the Southern defence. For it is defence--not

invasion--now.

Directing Hardin to select a subordinate in his place, Valois returns to

Lagunitas. He must say farewell to loving wife and prattling child. Too

well known to be allowed to follow Showalter, Terry, and their fellows

over the Colorado desert, he must go to Guaymas in Mexico. He can thus

reach the Confederates at El Paso. From thence it is easy to reach New

Orleans. Then to the front. To the field.

Valois feels it would be useless for him to go via Panama. The

provost-marshal would hold him as a "known enemy."

With rage, Valois realizes a new commander makes latent treason

uncomfortable in California. He determines to reach El Paso, and hurl

the Texans on California. Should he fail, he heads a Louisiana regiment.

His heart tells him the war will be long and bloody. Edmund Randolph's

loyalty, at the outbreak, prevented the seizure of California. Sibley's

folly and Davis's indifference complete the ruin of the Western plan of

action.

"Hardin, hold the Knights together. I will see if I can stop a Yankee

bullet!" says Valois. He notifies Hardin that he intends to make him

sole trustee of his property in his absence.

Hardin's term on the bench has expired. Like other Southerners debarred

from taking the field, he gives aid to those who go. The men who go

leave hostages behind them. The friendship of years causes Yalois to

make him the adviser of his wife in property matters. He makes him his

own representative. "Thank Heaven!" cries Valois, "my wife's property

is safe. No taint from me can attach to her birthright. It is her own by

law."

Valois, at Lagunitas, unfolds to the sorrowing padre his departure for

the war. Safe in the bosom of the priest, this secret is a heavy load.

Valois gains his consent to remain in charge of Lagunitas. The

little girl begins to feebly walk. Her infant gaze cannot measure her

possessions.

Lovely Dolores Valois listens meekly to her husband's plans. Devoted

to Maxime, his will is her only law. The beautiful dark eyes are tinged

with a deeper lustre.

Busied with his affairs, Maxime thinks of the future as he handles his

papers. Fran‡ois Ribaut is the depositary of his wishes. Dolores is

as incapable as her child in business. Will God protect these two

innocents?

Valois wonders if he will return in defeat like Don Miguel. Poor old

Don! around his tomb the roses creep,--his gentle Juanita by his side.

He hopes the armies of the West will carry the banner, now flying from

Gulf to border, into the North. There the legendary friends of the South

will hail it.

Alas! pent up in California, Maxime hears not the murmurs of the

Northern pines, breathing notes of war and defiance. The predictions of

the leaders of the conspiracy are fallacious. Aid and comfort fail them

abroad. North of Mason and Dixon's line the sympathizers are frightened.

In his heart he only feels the tumult of the call to the field. It is

his pride of race. Tired, weary of the crosses of fortune, he waits only

to see the enemy's fires glittering from hill and cliff.

With all his successes, the West has never been his home. Looking out on

his far-sweeping alamedas, his thoughts turn fondly back to his native

land. He is "going home to Dixie."

CHAPTER XI.

"I'SE GWINE BACK TO DIXIE."--THE FORTUNES OF WAR.--VAL VERDE.

The last weeks of Maxime Valois' stay at Lagunitas drift away. Old

"Kaintuck" has plead in vain to go. He yields to Valois' orders not to

dream of going with him. His martial heart is fired, but some one must

watch the home. Padre Fran‡ois Ribaut has all the documents of the

family, the marriage, and birth of the infant heir. He is custodian also

of the will of Donna Dolores. She leaves her family inheritance to her

child, and failing her, to her husband. The two representatives of the

departing master know that Philip Hardin will safely guide the legal

management of the estate while its chieftain is at the wars.

Donna Dolores and the priest accompany Valois to San Francisco. He must

leave quietly. He is liable to arrest. He takes the Mexican steamer, as

if for a temporary absence.

It costs Maxime Valois a keen pang of regret, as he rides the last

time over his superb domain. He looks around the plaza, and walks alone

through the well-remembered rooms. He takes his seat, with a sigh,

by his wife's side, as the carriage whirls him down the avenues. The

orange-trees are in bloom. The gardens show the rare beauties of midland

California. As far as the eye can reach, the sparkle of lovely Lagunitas

mirrors the clouds flaking the sapphire sky. Valois fixes his eyes

once more upon his happy home. Peace, prosperity, progress, mining

exploration, social development, all smile through this great interior

valley of the Golden State. No war cloud has yet rolled past the

"Rockies." It is the golden youth of the commonwealth. The throbbing

engine, clattering stamp, whirling saw, and busy factory, show that the

homemakers are moving on apace, with giant strides. No fairer land to

leave could tempt a departing warrior. But even with a loved wife and

his only child beside him, the Southerner's heart "turns back to Dixie."

Passing rapidly through Stockton, where his old friends vainly tempt

him to say, publicly, good-by, he refrains. No one must know his

destination. No parting cup is drained.

In San Francisco, Philip Hardin, in presence of Valois' wife and the

padre, receives his powers of attorney and final directions. Letters,

remittances, and all communications are to be sent through a house in

Havana. The old New Orleans family of Valois is well known there. Maxime

will be able, by blockade-runners and travelling messengers, to obtain

his communications.

The only stranger in San Francisco who knows of Maxime's departure

is the old mining partner, Joe Woods. He is now a middle-aged man of

property and vigor. He comes from the interior to say adieu to his

friend. "Old times" cloud their eyes. But the parting is secret. Federal

spies throng the streets.

At the mail wharf the Mexican steamer, steam up, is ready for departure.

The last private news from the Texan border tells of General Sibley's

gathering forces. Provided with private despatches, and bundles of

contraband letters for the cut-off friends in the South, Maxime Valois

repairs to the steamer. Several returning Texans and recruits for the

Confederacy have arrived singly. They will make an overland party

from Guaymas, headed by Valois. Valois, under the orders of the Golden

Circle, has been charged with important communications. Unknown to him,

secret agents of the government watch his departure. He has committed no

overt act. He goes to a neutral land.

The calm, passionless face of Padre Fran‡ois Ribaut shows a tear

trembling in his eye. He leads the weeping wife ashore from the cabin.

The last good-by was sacred by its silent sorrow. Valois' father's heart

was strangely thrilled when he kissed his baby girl farewell, on leaving

the little party. Even rebels have warm hearts.

Philip Hardin's stern features relax into some show of feeling as Valois

places his wife's hands in his. That mute adieu to lovely Dolores

moves him. "May God deal with you, Hardin, as you deal with my wife and

child," solemnly says Valois. The lips of Fran‡ois Ribaut piously add

"Amen. Amen."

Padre Francisco comes back to the boat. With French impulsiveness,

he throws himself in Valois' arms. He whispers a friend's blessing, a

priest's benediction.

The ORIZABA glides out past two or three watchful cruisers flying the

Stars and Stripes. The self-devoted Louisianian loses from sight the

little knot of dear ones on the wharf. He sees the flutter of Dolores'

handkerchief for the last time. On to Dixie! Going home!

Out on the bay, thronged with the ships of all nations, the steamer

glides. Its shores are covered with smiling villages. Happy homes and

growing cities crown the heights. Past grim Alcatraz, where the star

flag proudly floats on the Sumter-like citadel, the boat slowly moves.

It leaves the great metropolis of the West, spreading over its sandy

hills and creeping up now the far green valleys. It slips safely through

the sea-gates of the West, and past the grim fort at the South Heads.

There, casemate and barbette shelter the shotted guns which speak only

for the Union.

Valois' heart rises in his throat as the sentinel's bayonet glitters in

the sunlight. Loyal men are on the walls of the fort. Far away on the

Presidio grounds, he can see the blue regiments of Carleton's troops,

at exercise, wheel at drill. The sweeping line of a cavalry battalion

moves, their sabres flash as the lines dash on. These men are now

his foes. The tossing breakers of the bar throw their spray high over

bulwarks and guard. In grim determination he watches the last American

flag he ever will see in friendship, till it fades away from sight. He

has now taken the irrevocable step. When he steps on Mexican soil, he

will be "a man without a country." Prudential reasons keep him aloof

from his companions until Guaymas is reached. Once ashore, the comrades

openly unite. Without delay the party plunges into the interior. Well

armed, splendidly mounted, they assume a semi-military discipline. The

Mexicans are none too friendly. Valois has abundant gold, as well as

forty thousand dollars in drafts on Havana, the proceeds of Lagunitas'

future returns advanced by Hardin.

Twenty days' march up the Yaqui Valley, through Arispe, where the

filibusters died with Spartan bravery, is a weary jaunt. But high hopes

buoy them up. Over mesa and gorge, past hacienda and Indian settlement,

they climb passes until the great mountains break away. Crossing

the muddy Rio Grande, Valois is greeted by old friends. He sees the

Confederate flag for the first time, floating over the turbulent levies

of Sibley, still at Fort Bliss.

Long and weary marches; dangers from bandit, Indian, and lurking

Mexican; regrets for the home circle at Lagunitas, make Maxime Valois

very grave. Individual sacrifices are not appreciated in war-time. As

he rides through the Confederate camp, his heart sinks. The uncouth

straggling plainsmen, without order or regular equipment, recall to him

his old enemies, the nomadic Mexican vaqueros.

There seems to be no supply train, artillery, or regular stores. These

are not the men who can overawe the compact California community.

Far gray rocky sandhills stretch along the Texan border. Over the Rio

Grande, rich mountain scenery delights the eye. It instantly recalls to

Valois the old Southern dream of taking the "Zona Libre." Tamaulipas,

Coahuila, and Nueva Leon were coveted as a crowning trophy of the

Mexican war. Dreams of olden days.

Received kindly by General Sibley, the Louisianian delivers his letters,

despatches, and messages. After rest and refreshment, he is asked to

join a council of war. There are fleet couriers, lately arrived, who

speak of Carleton's column being nearly ready to cross the Colorado.

When the General explains his plan of attacking the Federal forces in

New Mexico, and occupying Arizona, Valois hastens to urge a forced march

down to the fertile Gila. He trusts to Canby timidly holding on to Fort

Union and Fort Craig. Alas, Sibley's place of recruiting and assembly

has been ill chosen! The animals, crowded on the bare plains, suffer for

lack of forage. Recruits are discouraged by the dreary surroundings. The

effective strength has not visibly increased in three months. The Texans

are wayward. A strong column, well organized, in the rich interior of

Texas, full of the early ardor of secession might have pushed on and

reached the Gila. But here is only a chafing body of undisciplined men.

They are united merely by political sentiment.

General Sibley urges Valois to accompany him in his forward march. He

offers him a staff position, promising to release him, then to move to

the eastward. Valois' knowledge of the frontier is invaluable, and he

cannot pass an enemy in arms. Maxime Valois, with fiery energy, aids in

urging the motley command forward. On February 7, 1862, the wild brigade

of invasion reaches the mesa near Fort Craig. The "gray" and "blue" meet

here in conflict, to decide the fate of New Mexico and Arizona. Feeble

skirmishing begins. On the 2lst of February, the bitter conflict of Val

Verde shows Valois for the first time--alas, not the last!--the blood

of brothers mingled on a doubtful field. It is a horrid fight. A drawn

battle.

Instead of pushing on to Arizona, deluded by reports of local aid,

Sibley straggles off to Santa Fe and Albuquerque. Canby refits his

broken forces under the walls of strong Fort Union. Long before the

trifling affairs of Glorietta and Peralta, Valois, disgusted with

Sibley, is on his way east. He will join the Army of the West. His heart

sickens at the foolish incapacity of the border commander. The Texan

column melts away under Canby's resolute advance. The few raiders, who

have ridden down into Arizona and hoisted the westernmost Confederate

flag at Antelope Peak, are chased back by Carleton's strong column.

The boasted "military advance on California" is at an end. Carleton's

California column is well over the Colorado. The barren fruits of Val

Verde are only a few buried guns of McRea's hard-fought battery. The

gallantry of Colonel Thos. P. Ochiltree, C.S.A., at Val Verde, under the

modest rank of "Captain," is the only remembered historic incident of

that now forgotten field. The First Regiment and one battalion of the

Second California Volunteer Cavalry, the Fifth California Infantry,

and a good battery hold Arizona firmly. The Second Battalion, Second

California Cavalry, the Fifth California Cavalry, and Third California

Infantry, under gallant General Pat Connor, keep Utah protected. They

lash the wild Indians into submission, and prevent any rising.

General Canby and Kit Carson's victorious troops keep New Mexico. They

cut the line of any possible Confederate advance. Only Sibley's pompous

report remains now to tell of the fate of his troops, who literally

disbanded or deserted. An inglorious failure attends the dreaded Texan

attack.

The news, travelling east and west, by fugitives, soon announce the

failure of this abortive attempt. The golden opportunity of the fall of

1861 never returns.

The Confederate operations west of the Rio Grande were only a miserable

and ridiculous farce. Valois, leaving failure behind him, learns on

nearing the Louisiana line, that the proud Pelican flag floats no longer

over the Crescent City. It lies now helpless under the guns of fearless

Farragut's fleet. So he cannot even revisit the home of his youth.

Maxime Valois smuggles himself across the Mississippi. He joins the

Confederates under Van Dorn. He is a soldier at last.

Here in the circling camps of the great Army of the West, Maxime Valois

joins the first Louisiana regiment he meets. He realizes that the

beloved Southern Confederacy has yet an unbeaten army. A grand array.

The tramp of solid legions makes him feel a soldier, not a sneaking

conspirator. He is no more a guerilla of the plains, or a fugitive

deserter of his adopted State.

The capture of New Orleans seals the Mississippi. The Confederacy is cut

in twain. It is positive now, the only help from the golden West will

be the arrival of parties of self-devoted men like himself. They come in

squads, bolting through Mexico or slipping through Arizona. Some reach

Panama and Havana, gaining the South by blockade runners. He opens mail

communication with Judge Hardin, via Havana. He succeeds in exchanging

views with the venerable head of his house at New Orleans. It is all

gloomy now. Old and despondent, the New Orleans patriarch has sent his

youthful son away to Paris. Armand is too young to bear arms. He can

only come home and do a soldier's duty later. By family influence,

Maxime Valois finds himself soon a major in a Louisiana regiment. He

wears his gray uniform at the head of men already veterans. Shiloh's

disputed laurels are theirs. They are tigers who have tasted blood. In

the rapidly changing scenes of service, trusting to chance for news of

his family, Maxime Valois' whole nature is centred upon the grave

duties of his station. Southern victories are hailed from the East. The

victorious arms of the Confederacy roll back McClellan's great force.

Bruised, bleeding, and shattered from the hard-fought fields of the

Peninsula, the Unionists recoil. The stars of the Southern Cross are

high in hope's bright field. Though Richmond is saved for the time, it

is at a fearful cost. Malvern Hill shakes to its base under the flaming

cannon, ploughing the ranks of the dauntless Confederates, as the Army

of the Potomac hurls back the confident legions of Lee, Johnston, and

Jackson. The Army of the Potomac is decimated. The bloody attrition of

the field begins to wear off these splendid lines which the South can

never replace. Losses like those of Pryor's Brigade, nine hundred out

of fifteen hundred in a single campaign, would appall any but the grim

Virginian soldiers. They are veterans now. They learn the art of war

in fields like Seven Pines and Fair Oaks. Even Pryor, as chivalric in

action as truculent in debate, now admits that the Yankees will fight.

Fredericksburg's butchery is a victory of note. All the year the noise

of battle rolls, while the Eastern war is undecided, for the second

Manassas and awful Antietam balance each other. Maxime Valois feels the

issue is lost. When the shock of battle has been tried at Corinth, where

lion-like Rosecrans conquers, when the glow of the onset fades away,

his heart sinks. He knows that the iron-jointed men of the West are the

peers of any race in the field.

Ay! In the West it is fighting from the first. Donelson, Shiloh, and

Corinth lead up to the awful death shambles of Stone River, Vicksburg,

and Chickamauga. These are scenes to shake the nerve of the very

bravest.

Heading his troops on the march, watching the thousand baleful fires of

the enemy at night, when friend and foe go down in the thundering crash

of battle, Valois, amazed, asks himself, "Are these sturdy foes the

Northern mudsills?"

For, proud and dashing as the Louisiana Tigers and Texan Rangers prove,

steady and vindictive the rugged Mississippians, dogged and undaunted

the Georgians, fierce the Alabamans--the honest candor of Valois tells

him no human valor can excel the never-yielding Western troops. Their

iron courage honors the blue-clad men of Iowa, Michigan, and the Lake

States. No hired foreigners there; no helot immigrants these men, whose

glittering bayonets shine in the lines of Corinth, as steadily as the

spears of the old Tenth Roman Legion--Caesar's pets.

With unproclaimed chivalry and a readiness to meet the foe which

tells its own story, the Western men come on. Led by Grant, Sherman,

Rosecrans, Sheridan, Thomas, McPherson, and Logan, they press steadily

toward the heart of the Confederacy. The rosy dreams of empire in the

great West fade away. Farragut, Porter, and the giant captain, Grant,

cut off the Trans-Mississippi from active military concert with the rest

of the severed Confederacy.

To and fro rolls the red tide of war. Valois' soldierly face, bronzed

with service, shows only the steady devotion of the soldier. He loves

the cause--once dear in its promise--now sacred in its hours of gloomy

peril and incipient decadence. Gettysburg, Vicksburg, and Port Hudson

are terrible omens of a final day of gloom. Letters from his wife,

reports from Judge Hardin, and news from the Western shores give him

only vague hints of the future straggling efforts on the Pacific. The

only comforting tidings are that his wife and child are well, by the

peaceful shores of Lagunitas. The absence of foreign aid, the lack of

substantial support from the Northern sympathizers, and the slight hold

on the ocean of the new government, dishearten him. The grim pressure

everywhere of the Northern lines tells Valois that the splendid chivalry

of the Southern arms is being forced surely backward. Sword in hand,

his resolute mind unshaken, the Louisianian follows the Stars and Bars,

devoted and never despairing. "Quand meme."

In the long silent days at Lagunitas, the patient wife learns much

from the cautious disclosures of Padre Francisco. Her soldier husband's

letters tell her the absent master of Lagunitas is winning fame and

honor in a dreadful conflict. It is only vaguely understood by the

simple Californian lady.

Her merry child is rapidly forgetting the self-exiled father. Under the

bowers of Lagunitas she romps in leafy alley and shady bower.

Judge Hardin, grave-faced, cautious, frugal of speech, visits the domain

several times. In conference with Padre Francisco and the vigilant

"Kaintuck," he adjusts the accumulating business affairs.

Riding over the billowing fields, mounting the grassy hills, threading

the matchless forests of uncut timber, he sees all. He sits plotting and

dreaming on the porch by the lake side. Thousands of horses and cattle,

now crossed and improved, are wealth wandering at will on every side.

Hardin's dark eyes grow eager and envious. He gazes excitedly on this

lordly domain. Suppose Valois should never come back. This would be a

royal heritage. He puts the maddening thought away. Within a few miles,

mill and flume tell of the tracing down of golden quartz lodes. The pick

breaks into the hitherto undisturbed quartz ledges of Mariposa gold. Is

there gold to be found here, too? Perhaps.

Only an old prating priest, a simple woman, and an infant, between him

and these thousands of rich acres, should Valois be killed.

Philip Hardin becomes convinced of final defeat, as 1863 draws to

a close. The days of Gettysburg and Vicksburg ring the knell of the

Confederacy. Even the prestige of Chancellorsville, with its sacred

victory sealed with Stonewall Jackson's precious blood, was lost in the

vital blow delivered when the columns of Longstreet and Pickett failed

to carry the heights of Gettysburg.

The troops slain on that field could never be replaced. Boyhood and old

age, alone, were left to fill the vacant ranks. Settling slowly down,

the gloomy days of collapse approach.

While Lee skilfully faced the Army of the Potomac, and the Confederacy

was drained of men to hold the "sacred soil," the Western fields

were lit up by the fierce light of Grant and Sherman's genius. Like

destroying angels, seconded by Rosecrans, Thomas, and McPherson,

these great captains drew out of the smoke of battle, gigantic figures

towering above all their rivals.

Maxime Valois bitterly deplored the uselessness of the war in the

trans-Mississippi section of the Confederacy. It is too late for any

Western divisions to affect the downward course of the sacred cause for

which countless thousands have already died.

The Potomac armies of the Union, torn with the dissensions of warring

generals, wait for the days of the inscrutable Grant and fiery Philip

Sheridan. In the West, the eagle eye of Rosecrans has caught the

weakness of the unguarded roads to the heart of the Confederacy.

Stone River and Murfreesboro' tell of the wintry struggle to the death

for the open doors of Chattanooga. Though another shall wear the laurels

of victory, it is the proud boast of Rosecrans alone to have divined the

open joint in the enemy's harness. He points the way to the sea for the

irresistible Sherman. While the fearless gray ranks thin day by day,

in march and camp, Valois thinks often of his distant home. Straggling

letters from Philip Hardin tell him of the vain efforts of the cowed

secessionists of the Pacific Coast. Loyal General George Wright holds

the golden coast. Governor and Legislature, Senators and Congressmen,

are united. The press and public sentiment are now a unit against

disunion or separation.

Colonel Valois looked for some effective action of the Knights of the

Golden Circle on the Pacific. Alas, for the gallant exile! Impending

defeat renders the secret conspirators cautious. In the cheering news

that wife and child are well, still guarded by the sagacious Padre

Fran‡ois, Valois frets only over the consecutive failures of Western

conspiracy. Folly and fear make the Knights of the Golden Circle a timid

band. The "Stars and Stripes" wave now, unchallenged, over Arizona and

New Mexico. The Texans at Antelope Peak never returned to carry the

"Stars and Bars" across the Colorado. Vain boasters!

While Bragg toils and plots to hurl himself on Rosecrans in the awful

day of Chickamauga, where thirty-five thousand dying and wounded are

offered up to the Moloch of Disunion, Valois bitterly reads Hardin's

account of the puerile efforts on the Pacific. It is only boys' play.

All energy, every spark of daring seems to have left the men who, secure

in ease and fortune, live rich and unharassed in California. Their

Southern brethren in the ranks reel blindly in the bloody mazes of

battle, fighting in the field. A poor Confederate lieutenant attempts

a partisan expedition in the mountains of California. He is promptly

captured. The boyish plan is easily frustrated. Bands of resolute

marauders gather at Panama to attack the Californian steamers,

gold-laden. The vigilance of government agents baffles them. The mail

steamers are protected by rifle guns and bodies of soldiers. Loyal

officers protect passengers from any dash of desperate men smuggled on

board. Secret-service spies are scattered over all the Western shores.

Mails, telegraphs, express, and the growing railway facilities, are in

the hands of the government. It is Southern defeat everywhere.

Valois sadly realizes the only help from the once enthusiastic West is a

few smuggled remittances. Here and there, some quixotic volunteer makes

his way in. An inspiring yell for Jeff Davis, from a tipsy ranchero, or

incautious pothouse orator, is all that the Pacific Coast can offer.

The Confederate flag never sweeps westward to the blue Pacific, and

the stars and bars sink lower day by day. As the weakness of American

commerce is manifest on the sea, Colonel Valois forwards despairing

letters to California. He urges attacks from Mexico, Japan, Panama, or

the Sandwich Islands, on the defenceless ships loaded with American gold

and goods. Unheeded, alas! these last appeals. Unfortunately, munitions

of war are not to be obtained in the Pacific. The American fleets,

though poor and scattered, are skilfully handled. Consuls and diplomats

everywhere aid in detecting the weakly laid plans of the would-be

pirates.

Still Valois fumes, sword in hand, at the pusillanimity of the Western

sympathizers. They are rich and should be arming. Why do they not strike

one effective blow for the cause? One gun would sink a lightly built

Pacific liner, or bring its flag down. Millions of gold are being

exported to the East from the treasure fields of the West. Though proud

of the dauntless, ragged gray ranks he loves, Valois feels that the West

should organize a serious attack on some unprotected Federal interest,

to save the issue. But the miserable failure of Sibley has discouraged

Confederate Western effort. The Confederate Californian grinds his teeth

to think that one resolute dash of the scattered tens of thousands

lying in camp, uselessly, in Arkansas and Texas, would even now secure

California. Even now, as the Confederate line of battle wastes away,

desperate Southern men dream of throwing themselves into Mexico as an

unwelcome, armed immigration. This blood is precious at home.

Stung by the taunts of Eastern friends, at last Philip Hardin and his

co-workers stir to some show of action.

Peacefully loading in San Francisco harbor for Mexico, a heavy schooner

is filled with the best attainable fittings for a piratical cruise.

The J.W. Chapman rises and falls at the wharves at half gun-shot from

the old U.S. frigate CYANE. Her battery could blow the schooner into

splinters, with one broadside. Tackle and gear load the peaceful-looking

cases of "alleged" heavy merchandise. Ammunition and store of arms are

smuggled on board. Mingling unsuspectedly with the provost guard on the

wharves, a determined crew succeed in fitting out the boat. Her outward

"Mexican voyage" is really an intended descent on the treasure steamers.

Disguised as "heavy machinery," the rifled cannons are loaded. When

ready to slip out of the harbor, past the guard-boats, the would-be

pirate is suddenly seized. The vigilant Federal officials have fathomed

the design. Some one has babbled. Too much talk, or too much whiskey.

Neatly conceived, well-planned, and all but executed, it was a bold

idea. To capture a heavy Panama steamer, gold-laden; to transfer her

passengers to the schooner, and land them in Mexico; and, forcing

the crew to direct the vessel, to lie in wait for the second outgoing

steamer, was a wise plan. They would then capture the incoming steamer

from Panama, and ravage the coast of California.

With several millions of treasure and three steamers, two of them

could be kept as cruisers of the Confederacy. They could rove over the

Pacific, unchallenged. Their speed would be their safety.

Mexican and South American ports would furnish coal and supplies. The

captured millions would make friends everywhere. The swift steamers

could baffle the antiquated U.S. war vessels on the Pacific. A glorious

raid over the Pacific would end in triumph in India or China.

These were the efforts and measures urged by Valois and the anxious

Confederates of the East.

It was perfectly logical. It was absolutely easy to make an effective

diversion by sea. But some fool's tongue or spy's keen eye ruins all.

When, months after the seizure of the CHAPMAN, Valois learns of this

pitiful attempt, he curses the stupid conspirators. They had not the

brains to use a Mexican or Central American port for the dark purposes

of the piratical expedition. Ample funds, resolute men, and an

unprotected enemy would have been positive factors of success. Money,

they had in abundance. Madness and folly seem to have ruled the

half-hearted conspirators of California. An ALABAMA or two on the

Pacific would have been most destructive scourges of the sea. The last

days of opportunity glide by. The prosaic records of the Federal Court

in California tell of the evanescent fame of Harpending, Greathouse,

Rubery, Mason, Kent, and the other would-be buccaneers. The "Golden

Circle" is badly shattered.

Every inlet of the Pacific is watched, after the fiasco of the Chapman.

She lies at anchor, an ignoble prize to the sturdy old Cyane. It is

kismet.

Maxime Valois mourns over the failure of these last plans to save the

"cause." Heart-sick, he only wonders when a Yankee bullet will end the

throbbings of his unconquerable heart. All is dark.

He fears not for his wife and child. Their wealth is secured. He loses,

from day to day, the feelings which tied him once to California.

The infant heiress he hardly knows. His patient, soft-eyed Western wife

is now only a placid memory. Her gentle nature never roused the inner

fires of his passionate soul. Alien to the Pacific Coast, a soldier of

fortune, the ties into which he drifted were the weavings of Fate. His

warrior soul pours out its devotion in the military oath to guard to

the last the now ragged silken folds of his regimental banner, the dear

banner of Louisiana. The eyes of the graceful Creole beauties who gave

it are now wet with bitter tears. Beloved men are dying vainly, day by

day, under its sacred folds. Even Beauty's spell is vain.

The wild oats are golden once more on the hills of Lagunitas; the early

summer breezes waft stray leaf and blossom over the glittering lake in

the Mariposa Mountains. Heading the tireless riflemen of his command,

Valois throws himself in desperation on the Union lines at Chickamauga.

Crashing volley, ringing "Napoleons," the wild yell of the onset, the

answering cheers of defiance, sound faintly distant as Maxime Valois

drops from his charger. He lies seriously wounded in the wild rush of

Bragg's devoted battalions. He has got his "billet."

For months, tossing on a bed of pain, the Louisianian is a sacred

charge to his admiring comrades. Far in the hills of Georgia, the wasted

soldier chafes under his absence from the field. The beloved silken

heralds of victory are fluttering far away on the heights of Missionary

Ridge. His faded eye brightens, his hollow cheek flushes when the glad

tidings reach him of the environment of Rosecrans. His own regiment

is at the front. He prays that he may lead it, when it heads the

Confederate advance into Ohio. For now, after Chickamauga's terrific

shock, the tide of victory bears northward the flag of his adoration.

Months have passed since he received any news of his Western domain. No

letters from Donna Dolores gladden him. Far away from the red hills of

Georgia, in tenderness his thoughts, chastened with illness, turn to the

dark-eyed woman who waits for him. She prays before the benignant face

of the Blessed Virgin for her warrior husband. Alas, in vain!

Silent is Hardin. No news comes from Padre Francisco. Nothing from

his wife. Valois trusts to the future. The increasing difficulty of

contraband mails, hunted blockade-runners, and Federal espionage, cut

off his home tidings.

His martial soul thrilled at the glories of Chickamauga, Valois learns

that California has shown its mettle on the fiercest field of the West.

Cheatham, Brooks, and fearless Terry have led to the front the wild

masses of Bragg's devoted soldiery. These sons of California, like

himself, were no mere carpet knights. On scattered Eastern fields, old

friends of the Pacific have drawn the sword or gallantly died for Dixie.

Garnett laid his life down at Rich Mountain. Calhoun Benham was a hero

of Shiloh. Wild Philip Herbert manfully dies under the Stars and Bars on

the Red River.

The stain of cold indifference is lifted by these and other self-devoted

soldiers who battle for the South.

With heavy sighs, the wounded colonel still mourns for the failure to

raise the Southern Cross in the West. Every day proves how useless have

been all efforts on the Pacific Coast. Virginia is now the "man eater"

of the Confederacy. Valois is haunted with the knowledge that some one

will retrace the path of Rosecrans. Some genius will break through the

open mountain-gates and cut the Confederacy in twain. It is an awful

suspense.

While waiting to join his command, he hungers for home news. Grant, the

indomitable champion of the North, hurls Bragg from Missionary Ridge.

Leaping on the trail of the great army, which for the first time deserts

its guns and flags, the blue-clad pursuers press on toward Chattanooga.

They grasp the iron gate of the South with mailed hand.

The "Silent Man of Destiny" is called East to measure swords with

stately Lee. He trains his Eastern legions for the last death-grapple.

On the path toward the sea, swinging out like huntsmen, the columns

of Sherman wind toward Atlanta. Bluff, impetuous, worldly wise, genius

inspired, Sherman rears day by day the pyramid of his deathless fame.

Confident and steady, bold and untiring, fierce as a Hannibal, cunning

as a panther, old Tecumseh bears down upon the indefatigable Joe

Johnston. Now comes a game worthy of the immortal gods. It is played on

bloody fields. The crafty antagonists grapple in every cunning of the

art of war. Rivers of human blood make easy the way. The serpent of the

Western army writhes itself into the vitals of the torn and bleeding

South. Everywhere the resounding crash of arms. Alas, steadfast as

Maxime Valois' nature may be, tried his courage as his own battle blade,

the roar of battle from east to west tells him of the day of wrath! The

yells and groans of the trampled thousands of the Wilderness, are echoed

by the despairing chorus of the dying myriads of Kenesaw and Dalton.

A black pall hangs over a land given up to the butchery of brothers.

Mountain chains, misted in the blue smoke of battle, rise unpityingly

over heaps of unburied dead from the Potomac to the Mississippi. Maxime

Valois knows at last the penalty of the fatal conspiracy. A sacrificed

generation, ruined homes, and the grim ploughshare of war rives the

fairest fields of the Land of the Cypress.

Fearless and fate-defying, under ringing guns, crashing volley, and

sweeping charge, the Southern veterans only close up the devoted gray

ranks. They are thinning with every conflict, where Lee and Johnston

build the slim gray wall against the resistless blue sea sweeping down.

There is no pity in the pale moon. The cold, steady stars shine down on

the upturned faces of the South's best and bravest. No craven blenching

when the tattered Stars and Bars bear up in battle blast. And yet the

starry flag crowns mountain and rock. It sweeps through blood-stained

gorges and past battle-scarred defile. Onward, ever southward. The two

giant swordsmen reel in this duel of desperation. Sherman and Johnston

may not be withheld. The hour of fate is beginning to knell the doom of

the cause. Southern mothers and wives have given up their unreturning

brave as a costly sacrifice on the altar of Baal. Valois, once more in

command, a colonel now, riding pale and desperate, before his men, sees

their upturned glances. The dauntless ranks, filing by, touch his heroic

heart. He fears, when Atlanta's refuge receives the beaten host, that

the end is nigh.

Bereft of news from his home, foreseeing the final collapse in Virginia,

assured that the sea is lost to the South, the colonel's mood is daily

sadder. His hungry eyes are wolfish in their steady glare. Only a

soldier now. His flag is his altar of daily sacrifice.

Port after port falls, foreign flatterers stand coldly aloof, empty

magazines and idle fields are significant signs of the end. Useless

cotton cannot be sent out or made available, priceless though it be. The

rich western Mississippi is now closed as a supply line for the armies.

The paper funds of the new nation are mere tokens of unpaid promises,

never to be redeemed.

Never to falter, not to shun the driving attacks of the pursuing horse

or grappling foot, to watch his battle-flag glittering in the van, to

lead, cheer, hope, inspire, and madly head his men, is the second nature

of Valois. He has sworn not to see his flag dishonored.

It never occurs to him to ask WHERE his creed came from. His blood

thrills with the passionate devotion which blots out any sense of mere

right and wrong. His motto is "For Dixie's Land to Death."

CHAPTER XII.

HOOD'S DAY.--PEACHTREE CREEK.--VALOIS' LAST TRUST.--DE GRESS'

BATTERY.--DEAD ON THE FIELD OF HONOR.

A lantern burns dimly before the tent of Colonel Valois on the night of

July 21, 1864. Within the lines of Atlanta there is commotion. Myriad

lights flicker on the hills. A desperate army at bay is facing the

enemy. Seven miles of armed environment mocks the caged tigers behind

these hard-held ramparts. Facing north and east, the gladiators of the

morrow lie on their arms, ready now for the summons to fall in, for a

wild rush on Sherman's pressing lines. It is no holiday camp, with leafy

bowers and lovely ladies straying in the moonlight. No dallying and

listening to Romeos in gray and gold. No silver-throated bugles wake the

night with "Lorena." No soft refrain of the "Suwanee River" melts all

the hearts. It is not a gala evening, when "Maryland, my Maryland,"

rises in grand appeal. The now national "Dixie" tells not of fields to

be won. It is a dark presage of the battle morrow. Behind grim redan and

salient, the footsore troops rest from the day's indecisive righting.

The foeman is not idle; all night long, rumbling trains and busy

movements tell that "Uncle Billy Sherman" never sleeps. His blue octopus

crawls and feels its way unceasingly. The ragged gray ranks, whose guns

are their only pride, whose motto is "Move by day; fight always," are

busy with the hum of preparation.

It is a month of horror. North and South stand aghast at the

unparalleled butchery of the Wilderness and Spottsylvania. The awful

truth that Grant has paved his bloody way to final victory with one

hundred thousand human bodies since he crossed the Rapidan, makes the

marrow cold in the bones of the very bravest. Sixty thousand foes, forty

thousand friends, are the astounding death figures. As if the dark angel

of death was not satisfied with a carnage unheard of in modern times,

Johnston, the old Marshal Ney of the Confederacy, gives way, in command

of the Southern army covering Atlanta, to J.B. Hood. He is the Texan

lion. Grizzled Sherman laughs on the 18th of July, when his spies tell

him Johnston is relieved. "Replenish every caisson from the reserve

parks; distribute campaign ammunition," he says, briefly. "Hood would

assault me with a corporal's guard. He will fight by day or night. I

know him," Uncle Billy says.

The great Tecumseh feels a twinge as he whips out this verdict. Hood's

tactics are fearful. There are thousands of mute witnesses of his own

fatal rashness lying at Kenesaw, whose tongues are sealed in death. On

that sad clay, Sherman out-Hooded Hood. But the blunt son of Ohio is

right. He is a demi-god in intellect, and yet he has the intuition of

femininity. He has caught Hood's fighting character at a glance.

There's no time to chaffer over the situation. McPherson, the pride of

the army, Thomas, the Rock of Chickamauga, and wary Schofield, draw

in the great Union forces. Gallant Howard is in this knightly circle.

"Black Jack" Logan, the "Harry Monmouth" of this coming field, connects

on the 19th. There has been hot work to-day. Firing in Thomas's front

tells the great strategist that Hood has tasted blood. Enough!

Sherman knows how that mad Texan will throw his desperate men to the

front, in the snapping, ringing zone of fire and flame. Hooker receives

the shock of the onset, reinforced by heavy batteries, whose blazing

guns tear lightning-rent lanes through the Confederates. Not a second to

lose. The gray swarms are pouring on like mountain wolves.

Fighting sharp and hot, the Union lines reach the strong defences

of Peachtree Creek. Here Confederate Gilmer's engineering skill has

prepared ditch and fraise, abattis and chevaux-de-frise, with yawning

graves for the soon-forgotten brave.

McPherson, Schofield, Howard, Hooker, and Palmer are all in line,

deployed with strong reserves.

Anxious Sherman sends clouds of orderly officers and scouts, right and

left. Hood's defiant volleys die away. Will the rush come to-day? No;

the hours wear away. The night brings quiet along the lines. Though

a red harvest lies on the field, it is not the crowning effort of the

entire enemy. It is only a rattling day of uneasy, hot-tempered fight.

But the awful morrow is to come. Sherman soon divines the difficulty of

fathoming the Texan's real designs. Hood is familiar with the ground.

Drawing back to the lines of Atlanta, Hood crouches for a desperate

spring. The ridges of the red clay hills, with little valleys running

to the Chattahoochee in the west, and Ocmulgee in the east, cover his

manoeuvres. Corn and cotton patches, with thick forests between,

lie along the extended front. A tangled undergrowth masks the entire

movements of the lurking enemy.

Tireless Sherman, expectant of some demoniac rush, learns that the array

before him is under Hood, Hardee, and the audacious cavalry leader,

Wheeler. Stewart's and Smith's Georgian levies are also in line.

Every disposition is made by the wary antagonists. Sherman, eagle-eyed

and prompt to join issue, gains a brief repose before the gray of

morning looses the fires of hell. McPherson, young and brilliant, whose

splendid star is in its zenith, firmly holds his exposed lines along the

railroad between two valleys. In his left and rear, the forest throws

out dark shades to cover friend and foe. Between the waiting armies,

petty murder stays its hands. The stars sweep to the west, bringing the

last morning to thousands. They are now dreaming, perhaps, of the

homes they will never see. A thrill of nervous tension keeps a hundred

thousand men in vague, dumb expectancy. The coming shock will be

terrible. No one can tell the issue.

As the worn Confederate sentinel drags up and down before the tent of

Colonel Valois, he can see the thoughtful veteran sitting, his tired

head resting on a wasted hand.

Spirit and high soul alone animate now the Louisiana colonel. Hope has

fled. Over his devoted head the sentinel stars swing, with neither haste

nor rest, toward the occident. They will shine on Lagunitas, smiling,

fringed with its primeval pines.

In her sleep, perhaps his little girl calls for him in vain. He is

doomed not to hear that childish voice again.

A bundle of letters, carelessly tossed down at head-quarters, have been

carried in his bosom during the day's scattering fight. They are all old

in their dates, and travel-worn in following the shifting positions of

his skeleton regiment. They bring him, at last, nearly a year's news.

Suddenly he springs to his feet, and his voice is almost a shriek.

"Sentinel, call the corporal." In a moment, Valois, with quivering lip,

says, "Corporal, ask Major Peyton to be kind enough to join me for a few

moments."

When his field-officer approaches, anticipating some important charge of

duty, sword and revolver in hand, the ghastly face of Valois alarms him.

"Colonel!" he cries. Valois motions him to be seated.

"Peyton," begins Valois, brokenly, "I am struck to the heart."

He is ashy pale. His head falls on his friend's bosom.

"My wife!" He needs not finish. The open letters tell the story. It is

death news.

The major clasps his friend's thin hands.

"Colonel, you must bear up. We are fallen on sad, sad days." His voice

fails him. "Remember to-morrow; we must stand for the South."

The chivalric Virginian's voice sounds hollow and strange. He sought the

regiment, won over by Valois' lofty courage and stern military pride.

To-morrow the army is to grapple and crush bold Sherman. It will be a

death struggle.

Yes, out of these walls, a thunderbolt, the heavy column, already

warned, was to seek the Union left, and strike a Stonewall Jackson blow.

Its march will be covered by the friendly woods. The keen-eyed adjutants

are already warning the captains of every detail of the attack. Calm and

unmoved, the gaunt centurions of the thinned host accepted the honorable

charges of the forlorn hope. Valois' powder-seasoned fragment of the

army was a "corps d'elite." Peyton wondered, as he watched his suffering

colonel, if either would see another sparkling jewel-braided night.

The blow of Hood must be the hammer of Thor.

"To-morrow, yes, to-morrow," mechanically replied Valois. "I will be on

duty to-morrow."

"To-night, Peyton," he simply said, "I must suffer my last agony. My

poor Dolores! Gone--my wife."

The tears trickled through his fingers as he bowed his graceful head.

"And my little Isabel," he softly said; "she will be an orphan. Will God

protect that tender child?" Valois was talking to himself, with his

eyes fixed on the dark night-shadows hiding the Federal lines. A stern,

defiant gaze.

Peyton shivered with a nervous chill.

"Colonel, this must not be." In the silence of the brooding night, it

seems a ghastly call from another world, this message of death.

Valois proudly checks himself.

"Peyton, I have few friends left in this land now. I want you to look

these letters over." He hands him several letters from Hardin and from

the priest. With tender delicacy, his hands close on the last words

of affection from the gentle dark-eyed wife, who brought him the great

dowry of Lagunitas, and gave him his little Isabel.

Peyton reads the words, old in date but new in their crushing force of

sorrow to the husband. Resting on the stacked arms in front of his tent,

the colors of Louisiana and the silken shreds of the Stars and Bars wait

for the bugles of reveille calling again to battle.

Dolores dying of sudden illness, cut off in her youthful prime, was only

able to receive the last rites of the Church, to smile fondly in her

last moments, as she kisses the picture of the absent soldier of the

Southern Cross. Fran‡ois Ribaut, the French gentleman, writes a sad

letter, with no formula of the priest. He knows Maxime Valois is face to

face with death, in these awful days of war. A costly sacrifice on the

altar of Southern rights may be his fate at any moment.

It is to comfort, not admonish, to pledge every friendly office, that

the delicate-minded padre softens the blow. Later, the priest writes of

the lonely child, whose tender youth wards off the blow of the rod of

sorrow.

Philip Hardin's letter mainly refers to the important business interests

of the vast estate. The possibility of the orphanage of Isabel occurs.

He suggests the propriety of Colonel Valois' making and forwarding a new

will, and constituting a guardianship of the young heiress. In gravest

terms of friendship, he reminds Valois to indicate his wishes as to the

child, her nurture and education. The fate of a soldier may overtake her

surviving parent any day.

Other unimportant issues drop out of sight. Hardin has told of the last

attempt to fit out a schooner at a secluded lumber landing in Santa Cruz

County. They tried to smuggle on board a heavy gun secretly transported

there. An assemblage of desperate men, gathering in the lonely woods,

were destined to man the boat. By accident, the Union League discovers

the affair. Flight is forced on the would-be pirates.

Valois' lip curls as he tells Peyton of the utter prostration of the

last Confederate hope beyond the Colorado. All vain and foolish schemes.

"I wish your advice, Major," he resumes. In brief summing up, he gives

Peyton the outline of his family history and his general wishes.

A final result of the hurried conclave is the hasty drawing up of a

will. It is made and duly witnessed. It makes Philip Hardin guardian

of the heiress and sole executor of his testament. His newly descended

property he leaves to the girl child, with directions that she shall be

sent to Paris. She is to be educated to the time of her majority at the

"Sacred Heart." There in that safe retreat, where the world's storms

cannot reach the defenceless child, he feels she will be given the

bearing and breeding of a Valois. She must be fitted for her high

fortunes.

He writes a fond letter to Father Francisco, to whom he leaves a

handsome legacy, ample to make him independent of all pecuniary cares.

He adjures that steadfast friend to shield his darling's childhood, to

follow and train her budding mind in its development. He informs him of

every disposition, and sends the tenderest thanks for a self-devotion of

years.

The farewell signature is affixed. Colonel Valois indites to Judge

Philip Hardin a letter of last requests. It is full of instructions

and earnest appeal. When all is done, he closes his letter. "I send you

every document suggested. My heart is sore. I can no longer write. I

will lead my regiment to-morrow in a desperate assault. If I give my

life for my country, Hardin, let my blood seal this sacred bond between

you and me. I leave you my motherless child. May God deal with you and

yours as you shall deal with the beloved little one, whose face I shall

never see.

"If I had a thousand lives I would lay them down for the flag which may

cover me to-morrow night. Old friend, remember a dying man's trust in

you and your honor."

When Peyton has finished reading these at Colonel Valois' request, his

eyes are moist. To-night the bronzed chief is as tender as a woman. The

dauntless soul, strong in battle scenes, is shaken with the memories of

a motherless little one. She must face the world alone, God's mercy her

only stay.

Colonel Valois, who has explained the isolation of the child, has left

his estate in remainder to the heirs of Judge Valois, of New Orleans.

Old and tottering to his tomb is that veteran jurist. The possible heir

would be Armand, the boy student, cut off in Paris. No home-comings now.

The ports are all closed.

When all is prepared, Colonel Valois says tenderly: "Peyton, I have some

money left at Havana. I will endorse these drafts to you, and give you a

letter to the banker there. You can keep them for me. I want you to ride

into Atlanta and see these papers deposited. Let there be made a special

commission for their delivery to our agent at Havana. Let them leave

Atlanta at once. I want no failure if Sherman storms the city. I will

not be alive to see it."

Awed by the prophetic coolness of Valois' speech, Peyton sends for his

horse. He rides down to the town, where hundreds on hundreds of wounded

sufferers groan on every side. Thousands desperately wait in the agony

of suspense for the morrow's awful verdict. He gallops past knots of

reckless merry-makers who jest on the edge of their graves. Henry Peyton

bears the precious packet and delivers it to an officer of the highest

rank. He is on the eve of instant departure for the sea-board. Cars and

engines are crowded with the frightened people, flying from the awful

shock of Hood's impending assault.

This solemn duty performed, the Major rejoins Colonel Valois at a

gallop. Lying on his couch, Valois' face brightens as he springs from

his rest. "It is well. I thank you," he simply says. He is calm, even

cheerful. The bonhomie of his race is manifest. "Major Peyton," he says,

pleasantly, "I would like you to remember the matters of this evening.

Should you live through this war the South will be in wild disorder. I

have referred to your kindness, in my letter to Hardin and in a paper

I have enclosed to him. It is for my child. You will have a home at

Lagunitas if you ever go to California."

He discusses a few points of the movement of the morrow. There is no

extra solemnity in going under fire. They have lived in a zone of fire

since Sherman's pickets crossed the open, months ago. But this supreme

effort of Hood marks a solemn epoch. The great shops and magazines

of Atlanta, the railroad repair works, foundries and arsenals, the

geographical importance, studied fortifications, and population to be

protected, make the city a stronghold of ultimate importance to the

enfeebled South.

If the Northern bayonets force these last doors of Georgia, then indeed

the cause is desperate.

When midnight approached, Colonel Valois calmly bade his friend

"Good-night." Escorting him to his tent, he whispers, "Peyton, take your

coffee with me to-morrow. I will send for you."

Slumber wraps friend and foe alike. All too soon the gray dawn points

behind the hills. There is bustle and confusion. Shadowy groups cluster

around the waning fires long before daybreak. The gladiators are falling

into line. Softly, silently, day steals over the eastern hills. Is it

the sun of Austerlitz or of Waterloo?

Uneasy picket-firing ushers in the battle day. Colonel Valois and Major

Peyton share their frugal meal. The rattle of picket shots grows into a

steady, teasing firing. Well-instructed outpost officers are carrying on

this noisy mockery.

Massed behind the circling lines of Atlanta, within the radius of a mile

and a half, the peerless troops who DOUBT Hood's ability, but who ADORE

his dauntless bravery, are silently massed for the great attack.

The officers of Valois' regiment, summoned by the adjutant, receive

their Colonel's final instructions. His steady eye turns fondly on

the men who have been his comrades, friends, and devoted admirers.

"Gentlemen," he says, "we will have serious work to-day. I shall expect

you to remember what Georgia hopes from Louisiana."

Springing to his saddle, he doffs his cap as the head of the regiment

files by, in flank movement. The lithe step, steady swing, and lightly

poised arms proclaim matchless veterans. They know his every gesture in

the field. He is their idol.

As Peyton rides up, he whispers (for the colors have passed), "Henry, if

you lead the regiment out of this battle, I ask you never to forget my

last wishes." The two friends clasp hands silently. With a bright smile,

whose light lingers as he spurs past the springy column, he takes the

lead, falcon-eyed, riding down silently into the gloomy forest-shades of

death.

A heavy mass of troops, pushing out in swift march, works steadily to

the Union left, and gains its ground rapidly. The Seventeenth Corps of

Blair, struck in flank, give way. The Sixteenth Union Corps of Dodge are

quickly rushed up. The enemy are struck hard. Crash and roar of battle

rise now in deafening clamor. Away to the unprotected Union rear ride

the wild troopers of Wheeler. The whole left of Sherman's troops are

struck at disadvantage. They are divided, or thrown back in confusion

toward Decatur. The desperate struggle sways to and fro till late in the

day. With a rush of Hood's lines, Murray's battery of regular artillery

is captured. The Stars and Bars sweep on in victory.

Onward press the Confederate masses in all the pride of early victory.

The Fifteenth Corps, under Morgan L. Smith, make a desperate attempt to

hold on at a strong line of rifle pits. The seething gray flood rolls

upon them and sends them staggering back four hundred yards. Over two

cut-off batteries, the deadly carnage smites blue and gray alike. Charge

and countercharge succeed in the mad struggle for these guns. Neither

side can use them until a final wave shall sweep one set of madmen far

away.

With desperate valor, Morgan L. Smith at last claims the prize. His

cheering troops send double canister from the regained batteries into

the gray columns of attack. General Sherman, at a deserted house, where

he has made his bivouac, paces the porch like a restless tiger. The

increasing firing on the left, tells him of this heavy morning attack.

A map spread on a table catches his eye from time to time. The waiting

crowd of orderlies and staff officers have, one by one, dashed off to

reform the lines or strengthen the left. While the firing all along

the line is everywhere ominous, the roar on the left grows higher and

higher. Out from the fatal woods begin to stream weary squads of the

wounded and stragglers. The floating skulkers hover at the edge of the

red tide of conflict.

Ha! A wounded aide dashes up with tidings of the ominous gap on the

left. That fearful sweep of Wheeler's cavalry to the rear is known at

last by the fires of burning trains. With a few brief words of counsel,

and a nod of his stately head, McPherson, the splendid light of battle

on his brow, gallops away to reform these broken lines. The eye of the

chief must animate his corps.

Hawk-eyed Sherman watches the glorious young general as he turns into

the forest. A grim look settles on the general's face. He runs his eye

over the map. As the tiger's approach is heralded by the clatter of the

meaner animals, so from out that forest the human debris tell of Hood's

battle hammer crashing down on that left "in air." Is there yet time to

reform a battle, now fighting itself in sudden bloody encounters? All

is at haphazard. A sigh of relief. McPherson is there. His ready wit,

splendid energy, and inspiring presence are worth a thousand meaner

souls, in the wild maelstrom of that terrible July day.

Old Marshal Tecumseh, with unerring intuition, knows that the creeping

skirmishers have felt the whole left of his position. With the interior

lines and paths of the forest to aid, if anything has gone wrong, if gap

or lap has occurred, then on those unguarded key-points and accidental

openings, the desperate fighters of the great Texan will throw their

characteristic fierceness. Atlanta's tall chimneys rise on the hills

to the west. There, thousands, with all at stake, listen to the rolling

notes of this bloody battle. High in the air, bursting shells with white

puffs light up the clouds of musketry smoke. Charging yells are borne

down the wind, with ringing answering cheers. The staccato notes of the

snapping Parrotts accentuate the battle's din.

Sherman, with cloudy brow, listens for some news of the imperilled left

wing. Is the iron army of the Tennessee to fail him now? Seven miles

of bayonets are in that great line, from left to right, headed by

McPherson, Schofield, and Thomas, the flower of the Union Army.

Looking forward to a battle outside Atlanta, a siege, or a flanking bit

of military chesswork, the great Union commander is dragged now into a

purely defensive battle. Where is McPherson?

Sherman has a quarter of an hour of horrible misgiving. He saw the mad

panic of the first Bull Run. He led the only compact body of troops off

that fatal field himself. It was his own brigade. In his first-fought

field, he showed the unshakable nerve of Macdonald at Wagram. But he

has also seen the fruits of the wild stampede of McCook and Crittenden's

divisions since at Chickamauga. It tore the laurels from Rosecrans'

brow. Is this to be a panic? Rosecrans' defeat made Sherman the

field-marshal of the West.

At Missionary Ridge, even the invincibles of the South fled their lines

in sudden impulse, giving up an almost impregnable position. The haughty

old artillerist, Braxton Bragg, was forced to officially admit that

stampede. He added a few dozen corpses to his disciplinary "graveyards,"

"pour encourager les autres." Panic may attack even the best army.

Is it panic now swelling on the breeze of this roaring fight? Fast and

far his hastily summoned messengers ride. To add a crowning disaster to

the confusion of the early morning death grapple, the sun does not touch

the meridian before a bleeding aide brings back McPherson's riderless

horse. Where is the general? Alas, where?

Dashing far ahead of his staff and orderlies, tearing from wood to wood,

to close in the fatal gap and reface his lines--a volley from a squad

of Hood's pickets drops the great corps commander, McPherson, a mangled

corpse, in the forest. No such individual loss to either army has

happened since Stonewall Jackson's untimely end at Chancellorsville.

His rifled body is soon recovered. With super-human efforts it is borne

to the house in the clearing and laid at General Sherman's feet.

Lightning flashes of wit traverse Sherman's brain. Every rebel straggler

is instantly searched as he is swept in. The invaluable private papers

of General McPherson, the secret orders, and campaign plans are found in

the haversack of one of the captured skirmishers. These, at least, are

safe.

With this blow, comes the news of the Seventeenth Corps being thrown

back, far out of its place, by the wild rush of Hood's braves. All goes

wrong. The day is lost.

Will it be a Bull Run?

No! The impetuous Logan tears along his lines. "Black Jack's" swarthy

face brings wild cheers from the men, who throw themselves madly on

the attacking lines, seeking vengeance. The Fifteenth Corps' rifles are

sounding shotted requiem salvos for their lost leader. The Seventeenth

holds on and connects. The Sixteenth Corps, struck heavily in flank by

the victorious Confederates, faces into line of battle to the left.

It grimly holds on, and pours in its leaden hail. Smith's left flank

doubled back, joining Leggett, completes the reformed line. From high

noon till the darkness of the awful night, a general conflict rages

along the whole front. War in its grim horror.

Sherman, casting a wistful glance on the body of McPherson, stands

alert. He is as bristling as a wild boar at bay. Sherman at his best.

Is this their worst? No, for at four in the afternoon, a terrific sally

from Atlanta throws the very flower of the assailants on the bloody

knoll, evermore to be known as "Leggett's Hill." There is madness and

demoniac fury in the way those gray columns struggle for that ridge.

In vain does Hood send out his bravest stormers to crown the wished-for

position of Leggett.

Sherman is as sure of Atlanta now, as if his eagles towered over its

domes. Drawing to the left the corps of Wood, massing Schofield with

twenty heavy guns playing on Hood's charging columns, Sherman throws

Wood, backed by John A. Logan's victorious veterans, on the great body

of the reeling assailants. The final blow has met its stone wall, in the

lines of Leggett. The blue takes up the offensive, with wild cheers of

triumph. They reach "Uncle Billy's" ears.

Some decisive stroke must cut the tangle of the involved forces. When

Hood sees that his devoted troops have not totally crushed the Union

left, when his columns reel back from Leggett's Hill, mere fragments,

he knows that even his dauntless men cannot be asked to try again that

fearful quest. It is checkmate!

But Wheeler is still careering in destruction around Sherman's rear

parks, and ravaging his supplies. Hood persists in his desperate design

to pierce the Union lines somewhere. He throws away his last chance of

keeping an army together. His fiery valor bade him defend Atlanta from

the OUTSIDE. He now sends a last thunderbolt crashing on the Decatur

road.

During the day Valois' regiment has been thrown in here and there. The

stern colonel gazes with pride on the seasoned fighters at their grim

work.

But it is after four when Colonel Valois is ordered to mass his

regiment, followed by the last reserve, and lead it to the front in the

supreme effort of this awful day. His enemy in front is a Union battery,

which has been a flail to the Southern army.

In dozens of encounters the four heavy twenty-pound Parrotts of De Gress

have been an object of the maddest attack. Superbly handled, in the best

equipment, its high power, long range, and dashing energy have given to

this battery the rank in the West, which John Pelham's light artillery

gained under Lee's eyes in Virginia. The pride of Sherman's artillery

is the famous battery of De Gress. To-day it has been dealing out death

incessantly, at half musket-range. It has swept rank on rank of the

foes away. Now, with the frenzy of despair, General Hood sends a

forlorn column to pierce the Union lines, carry the road, and take those

renowned guns. A lull betokens the last rush.

Riding to the front, Colonel Valois reins up beside Major Peyton. There

is only time for a few last directions. A smile which haunts Peyton for

many a long day, flashes on Maxime Valois' stern lips. He dashes on,

waving his sword, and cries in his ringing voice,

"Come on, boys, for Louisiana!"

Springing like panthers into the open, the closed ranks bound toward

the fated guns at a dead run. Ha! There was a crashing salvo. Now, it is

load and fire at will. Right and left, fire pours in on the guns, whose

red flashes singe the very faces of the assailants. Peyton's quick eye

sees victory wavering. Dashing towards the guns he cheers his men. As

he nears the battery the Louisiana color-bearer falls dead. Henry Peyton

seizes the Pelican flag, and dashes on over friends, dead and dying, as

his frightened steed races into the battery.

There, every horse is down. The guns are now silent. A knot of men, with

clubbed rammers, bayonet thrusts, and quick revolver shots, fight for

the smoking cannon. A cheer goes up. De Gress's guns are taken. Peyton

turns his head to catch a glimpse of Colonel Valois. Grasping the

star-spangled guidon of the battery with his bridle hand, Valois cuts

down its bearer.

A wild yell rises as a dozen rebel bayonets are plunged into a defiant

fugitive, for he has levelled his musket point-blank and shot Valois

through the heart.

The leader's frightened charger bounds madly to the front, and the

Louisiana colonel falls heavily to the ground.

Clasped in his clenched hands, the silken folds of the captured battery

flag are dyed with his blood. A dozen willing arms raise the body,

bearing it to one side, for the major, mindful of the precious moments,

yells to "swing the guns and pass the caissons." In a minute, the heavy

Parrotts of De Gress are pouring their shrapnel into the faces of the

Union troops, who are, three hundred yards away, forming for a rush to

recapture them.

As the cannon roar their defiance to the men who hold them dear,

Peyton bends over Maxime Valois. The heart is stilled forever. With his

stiffening fingers clutching his last trophy, the "Stars and Stripes,"

there is the light of another world shining on the face of the dead

soldier of the Southern Cross. Before sending his body to the rear,

Henry Peyton draws from Valois' breast a packet of letters. It is the

last news from the loved wife he has rejoined across the shadowy river.

United in death. Childish Isabel is indeed alone in the world. A rain

of shrieking projectiles and bursting shells tells of the coming

counter-charge.

Drawing back the guns by hand to a cover for the infantry, and rattling

the caissons over a ridge to screen the ammunition boxes, the shattered

rebel ranks send volleys into the faces of the lines of Schofield, now

coming on at a run.

The captured Parrotts ring and scream. One over-heated gun of the

battery bursts, adding its horrors to the struggle. Logan's men are

leaping over the lines to right and left, bayoneting the gunners. The

Louisianians give way and drift to the rear. The evening shadows drop

over crest, wood, and vale. When the first stars are in the skies Hood's

shattered columns stream back into Atlanta. The three guns of De Gress

have changed hands again. Even the bursted piece falls once more under

the control of the despairing Union artillery captain. He has left

him neither men, horses, fittings, nor harness available--only three

dismantled guns and the wreck of his fourth piece. But they are back

again! Sherman's men with wildest shouts crowd the field. They drive the

broken remnants of the proud morning array under the guns of the last

lines of the doomed city. Dare-devil Hood has failed. The desperate

dash has cost ten thousand priceless men. The brief command of the Texan

fighter has wrecked the invaluable army of which Joe Johnston was so

mindful.

McPherson, who joined the subtlety of Stonewall to the superb bearing of

Sidney Johnston, a hero born, a warrior, and great captain to be, lies

under the stars in the silent chambers of the Howard House.

General Sherman, gazing on his noble features, calm in death, silently

mourns the man who was his right hand. Thomas, Schofield, Howard, Logan,

and Slocum stand beside the dead general. They bewail the priceless

sacrifice of Peachtree Creek.

In the doomed city of Atlanta, there is gloom and sadness. With the

fragments of the regiment which adored him, a shattered guard of honor,

watching over him with yet loaded guns, in charge of the officers headed

by Major Peyton, the body of Maxime Valois rests within the Southern

lines.

For the dear land of his birth he had abandoned the fair land of his

choice. With the captured banner of his country in his hand, he died in

the hour of a great personal triumph, "under the Stars and Bars." Game

to the last.

High-souled and devoted, the son of Louisiana never failed the call of

his kinsmen. He carried the purest principles to the altar of Secession.

Watching by the shell from which the dauntless spirit had fled in battle

and in storm, Henry Peyton feels bitterly that the fate of Atlanta is

sealed. He knows the crushing of their weak lines will follow. He can

picture Sherman's heavy columns taking city after city, and marching

toward the blue sea.

The end is approaching. A gloomier darkness than the night of the last

battle broods over the Virginian. With pious reverence, he hastens to

arrange the few personal matters of his chief. He knows not the morrow.

The active duties of command will soon take up all his time. He must

keep the beloved regiment together.

For, of the two or three companies left of a regiment "whose bayonets

were once a thousand," Henry Peyton is the colonel now. A "barren

honor," yet inexpressibly dear to him.

In the face of the enemy, within the lines held hard by the reorganizing

fragments of yesterday's host, the survivors bury the brave leader who

rode so long at their head. Clad in his faded gray, the colonel lies

peacefully awaiting the great Reveille.

When the sloping bayonets of the regiment glitter, for the last time,

over the ramparts their generous blood has stained in fight, as the

defeated troops move away, many a stout heart softens as they feel they

are leaving alone and to the foe the lost idol of their rough worship.

Major Peyton preserves for the fatherless child the personal relics of

his departed friend. Before it is too late, he despatches them to the

coast, to be sent to Havana, to await Judge Hardin's orders at the

bankers'. The news of the fate of Colonel Valois, and the last wishes

of the dead Confederate, are imparted in a letter to Judge Hardin by

Peyton.

In the stern realities of the last retreat, fighting and marching, after

the winter snows have whitened the shot-torn fields around Atlanta; sick

of carnage and the now useless bloodshed, Colonel Peyton leads his mere

detachment to the final scene of the North Carolina surrender. Grant's

iron hand has closed upon Petersburg's weakened lines. Sheridan's

invincible riders, fresh from the Shenandoah, have shattered the

steadfast at Five Forks.

Gloomy days have fallen, also, on the cause in the West. The despairing

valor of the day at Franklin and the assault on Nashville only

needlessly add to the reputation for frantic bravery of the last of

the magnificent Western armies of the Confederacy. Everywhere there are

signs of the inevitable end. With even the sad news of Appomattox to

show him that the great cause is irretrievably lost, there are bitter

tears in Henry Peyton's eyes when he sees the flags of the army he has

served with, lowered to great Sherman in the last surrender.

The last order he will ever give to them turns out for surrender the men

whose reckless bravery has gilded a "Lost Cause" with a romantic halo

of fadeless glory. Peyton sadly sheathes the sword he took from Maxime

Valois' dead hands. Southward, he takes his way. Virginia is now only

a graveyard and one vast deserted battle-field. The strangers' bayonets

are shining at Richmond. He cannot revisit the scenes of his boyhood. A

craving seizes him for new scenes and strange faces. He yearns to blot

out the war from his memory. He dreams of Mexico, Cuba, or the towering

Andes of South America. His heart is too full to linger near the scenes

where the red earth lies heaped over his brethren of the sword. Back to

Atlanta he travels, with the returning fragments of the men who are now

homeward bound. All is silent now. From wood and hill no rattling fire

wakes the stillness of these days. The blackened ruins and the wide

swath cut by Sherman tell him how true was the prediction that the men

of the Northwest would "hew their way to the Gulf with their swords." He

finds the grave of Valois, when dismantled and crippled Atlanta receives

him again. Standing there, alone, the pageantry of war has rolled away.

The battle-fields are covered with wild roses. The birds nest in the

woods where Death once reigned supreme. High in the air over Atlanta

the flag of the country waves, on the garrison parade, with not a single

star erased.

On his way to a self-appointed exile, the Virginian has seen the wasted

fields, blackened ruins, and idle disheartened communities of the

conquered, families brought to misery, and the young arms-bearing

generation blotted out. Hut and manor-house have been licked up by the

red torch of war. The hollow-eyed women, suffering children, and

dazed, improvident negroes, wander around aimlessly. Bridges, mills and

factories in ruins tell of the stranger's torch, and the crashing work

of the artillery. Tall, smokeless chimneys point skywards as monuments

of desolation.

Bowed in defeat, their strongholds are yet occupied by the blue-coated

victors. All that is left of the Southern communities lingers in ruined

homes and idle marts. They now are counting the cost of attempted

secession, in the gloom of despair.

The land is one vast graveyard. The women who mourn husbands and lovers

stray over fields of strife, and wonder where the loved one sleeps.

Friend and foe, "in one red burial blent," are lying down in the

unbroken truce of death.

Atlanta's struggle against the restless Sherman has been only

wasted valor, a bootless sacrifice. Her terrific sallies, lightning

counter-thrusts, and final struggles with the after-occupation, can be

traced in the general desolation, by every step of the horrible art of

war.

Here, by the grave of his intrepid comrade, Henry Peyton reviews the

past four years. His scars and wasted frame tell him of many a deadly

fray, and the dangers of the insane fight for State rights.

The first proud days of the war return. Hopes that have failed long

since are remembered. The levy and march to the front, the thousand

watch-fires glittering around the unbroken hosts, whose silken-bordered

banners tell of the matchless devotion of the women clinging blindly to

the cause.

Peyton thinks now of the loved and lost who bore those flags, to-day

furled forever, to the front, at Bull Run, Shiloh, the Seven

Days, Groveton, Fredericksburg, Chancellorsville, Chickamauga, and

Spottsylvania.

The foreign friends in Europe, the daring rovers of the sea who carried

the Stars and Bars from off New York to Singapore and far Behring

Straits. What peerless leaders. Such deep, sagacious statesmen. The

treasures of the rich South, the wealth of King Cotton, all wasted

uselessly. A popular devotion, which deeply touched the magnanimous

Grant in the supreme hour of victory, has been lavished on the altar

of the Confederacy where Davis, Lee, and Jackson were enthroned. Fallen

gods now, but still majestic and yet revered.

Peyton thinks with an almost breaking heart of all these sacrifices for

the Lost Cause. By his friend's grave he feels that an awful price has

been paid for the glories of the short-lived Confederacy.

The noble-hearted Virginian dares not hope that there may yet be found

golden bands of brotherhood to knit together the children of the men who

fought under gray and blue. Frankly acknowledging the injustice of the

early scorn of the Northern foe, he knows, from glances cast backward

over the storied fields, the vigor of the North was under-estimated. The

men of Donelson, Antietam, Stone River, Vicksburg, awful Gettysburg,

of Winchester, and Five Forks, are as true and tried as ever swung a

soldier's blade.

He has seen the country's flag of stars stream out bravely against the

tide of defeat. If American valor needs a champion the men who saw the

"Yankees" at Seven Pines, Gaines Mill, Marye's Heights, and holding in

fire and flame the batteries of Corinth and Knoxville, will swear the

embittered foes were worthy of each other.

The defeated Confederate veteran, as he plucks a rose from the grass

growing over the gallant Valois, bitterly remembers the useless

sacrifices of the whole Southern army to the "Virginia policy." A son of

the "old State" himself, he can feel now, in the sorrow and silence

of defeat, that the early triumphs of the war were wasted. The great

warlike generation was frittered away on the Potomac.

Devoted to Lee, he still mourns the lost months of the fall of '61,

when, flushed with triumph, the Confederates could have entered

Washington. Then Maryland would have risen "en masse." Foreign lands

would have been won over. An aggressive policy even in 1862, after the

Peninsula, might have changed the final result. The dead Californian's

regrets for the abandonment of all effort in the Pacific, the

cutting-off and uselessness of the great trans-Mississippi region, all

return to him in vain sorrow.

By Maxime Valois' grave, Peyton wonders if the battle-consecrated blood

of the sons has washed away the sins of the fathers. He knows not of the

brighter days, when the past shall seem a vision of romance. When our

country will smile in peace and brotherhood, from ocean to ocean. Sadly

he uncovers his head. He leaves Maxime Valois lying in the proud silence

of the soldier's grave--"dead on the field of honor."

To New Orleans Colonel Peyton repairs. On making search, he finds that

Judge Valois has not survived the collapse of the Confederacy. His only

son is abroad, in Paris. The abandoned plantations and family property

are under the usual load of debt, taxes, and all the legal confusion of

a change of rulers.

Peyton thanks the dead soldier in his heart for the considerable legacy

of his unused balances. He is placed beyond immediate necessity. He

leaves the land where the Southern Cross met defeat. He wishes to wander

over Cuba, Mexico, and toward the West. At Havana, he finds that the

documents and articles forwarded by the agents to Judge Hardin have been

duly sent though never acknowledged.

The letters taken from Colonel Valois' body he seals in a packet. He

trusts that fate may lead him some day westward. They are too precious

to risk. He may some day tell the little lady of Lagunitas, of the

gallant father whose thoughts, before his last battle, were only for

the beloved "little one." She is confided, as a trust, from the dying

to Judge Hardin. She is surely safe in the sheltering care of Valois'

oldest friend. A "Southern gentleman."

Peyton for years can bring back the tender solemnity of Maxime Valois'

face, as he reads his charge to Hardin.

"And may God deal with you and yours, as you deal with me and mine."

The devoted father's appeal would touch a heart of stone.

The folly of not beginning active war in the West; the madness of not

seizing California at the outset; the rich prizes of the Pacific left

ungathered, for has not Semmes almost driven Yankee ships from the

sea with the Alabama, and does not Waddell, with the cockle-shell

Shenandoah, burn and destroy the entire Pacific whaling fleet? The

free-booter sails half around the world, unchallenged, after the war.

Oh, coward Knights of the Golden Circle! Fools, and blind, to let

California slip from your grasp!

Maxime Valois was right. Virginian rule ruined the Confederacy. Too

late, too late!

Had Sidney Johnston lived; had Robert E. Lee been willing to leave

sacred Virginia uncovered for a fortnight in the days before he

marshalled the greatest army the Southerners ever paraded, and invaded

the North boldly, a peace would have resulted.

Peyton thinks bitterly of the irreparable loss of Sidney Johnston.

He recalls the death of peerless Jackson. Jackson, always aggressive,

active, eager to reach for the enemy, and ever successful.

Wasted months when the prestige was with the South, the fixed

determination of Lee to keep the war in Virginia, and Davis's deadly

jealousy of any leading minds, seem to have lost the brightest chances

of a glorious success.

Peyton condemns the military court of Davis and the intrenched pageantry

of Lee's idle forces. The other armies of the Confederacy fought,

half supplied, giving up all to hold the Virginia lines. He cannot yet

realize that either Sherman or Grant might have baffled Sidney Johnston

had he lived. Lee was self-conscious of his weakness in invasion. He

will not own that Philip Sheridan's knightly sword might have reached

the crest of the unconquered Stonewall Jackson.

Vain regret, shadowy dreams, and sad imaginings fill Colonel Peyton's

mind. The thrilling struggles of the Army of the West, its fruitless

victories, and unrewarded heroism make him proud of its heroes. Had

another policy ruled the Confederate military cabinet, success was

certain. But he is now leaving his friend's grave.

The birds are singing in the forest. As the sun lights up the dark woods

where McPherson died, into Henry Peyton's war-tried soul enters the

peace which broods over field and incense-breathing trees. Far in the

East, the suns of future years may bring happier days, when the war

wounds are healed. The brothers of the Union may find a nobler way to

reach each other's hearts than ball or bayonet. But he cannot see these

gleams of hope.

BOOK IV.

A LOST HEIRESS.--MILLIONS AT STAKE.

The Little Lady of Lagunitas: A Franco-Californian Romance · 第 1 / 7 章